RELEASE_NOTES revision 182352
1			SENDMAIL RELEASE NOTES
2      $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.1926 2008/05/03 03:34:26 ca Exp $
3
4
5This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version
6of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a
7summary of the changes in that release.
8
98.14.3/8.14.3	2008/05/03
10	During ruleset processing the generation of a key for a map
11		lookup and the parsing of the default value was broken
12		for some macros, e.g., $|, which caused the BlankSub
13		character to be inserted into the workspace and thus
14		failures, e.g., rules that should have matched did not.
15	8.14.2 caused a regression: it accessed (macro) storage which was
16		freed before. First instance of the problem reported by
17		Matthew Dillon of DragonFlyBSD; variations of the same
18		bug reported by Todd C. Miller of OpenBSD, Moritz
19		Jodeit, and Dave Hayes.
20	Improve pathname length checks for persistent host status.  Patch
21		from Joerg Sonnenberger of DragonFlyBSD.
22	Reword misleading SMTP reply text for FEATURE(`badmx').  Problem
23		noted by Beth Halsema.
24	The read timeout was fixed to be Timeout.datablock if STARTTLS
25		was activated. This may cause problems if that value
26		is lowered from its default. Problem noted by Jens Elkner.
27	CONFIG: Using LOCAL_TLS_CLIENT caused the tls_client ruleset
28		to operate incorrectly.  Problem found by Werner Wiethege.
29	LIBMILTER: Omitting some protocol steps via the xxfi_negotiate()
30		callback did not work properly. The patchlevel of
31		libmilter has been set to 1 so a milter can determine
32		whether libmilter contains this fix.
33	MAKEMAP: If a delimiter is specified (-t) use that also when
34		dumping a map.  Patch from Todd C. Miller of OpenBSD.
35	Portability:
36		Add support for Darwin 9.x (Mac OS X 10.5).
37		Support shared libraries in Darwin 8 and 9.  Patch from
38		Chris Behrens of Concentric.
39		Add support for SCO OpenServer 6, patch from Boyd Gerber.
40	DEVTOOLS: Clarify that confSHAREDLIBDIR requires a trailing path.
41	Added Files:
42		devtools/OS/Darwin.9.x
43		devtools/OS/OSR.i386
44
458.14.2/8.14.2	2007/11/01
46	If a message was queued and it contained 8 bit characters in
47		a From: or To: header, then those characters could be
48		"mistaken" for internal control characters during a queue
49		run and trigger various consistency checks.  Problem
50		noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
51	If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set to a value greater than 0 (which
52		it is by default) then even if the Linelimit parameter
53		is 0, sendmail corrupted in the non-transfer-encoding
54		case every MAXLINE-1 characters.  Patch from John Gardiner
55		Myers of Proofpoint.
56	Setting the suboption DeliveryMode for DaemonPortOptions did not
57		work in earlier 8.14 versions.
58	Note: DeliveryMode=interactive is silently converted to
59		background if a milter can reject or delete a recipient.
60		Prior to 8.14 this happened only if milter could delete
61		recipients.
62	ClientRate should trigger when the limit was exceeded (as
63		documented), not when it was reached.  Patch from
64		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
65	Force a queue run for -qGqueuegroup even if no runners are
66		specified (R=0) and forking (F=f) is requested.
67	When multiple results are requested for a DNS map lookup
68		(-z and -Z), return only those that are relevant for
69		the query (not also those in the "additional section".)
70	If the message transfer time to sendmail (when acting as server)
71		exceeds Timeout.queuewarn or Timeout.queuereturn and
72		the message is refused (by a milter), sendmail previously
73		created a delivery status notification (DSN).  Patch
74		from Doug Heath of The Hertz Corporation.
75	A code change in Cyrus-SASL 2.1.22 for sasl_decode64() requires
76		the MTA to deal with some input (i.e., "=") itself.
77		Problem noted by Eliot Lear.
78	sendmail counted a delivery as successful if PIPELINING is
79		compiled in but not offered by the server and the
80		delivery failed temporarily.  Patch from Werner Wiethege.
81	If getting the result of an LDAP query times out then close the
82		map so it will be reopened on the next lookup.  This
83		should help "failover" configurations that specify more
84		than one LDAP server.
85	If check_compat returns $#discard then a "savemail panic" could
86		be triggered under some circumstances (e.g., requiring
87		a system which does not have the compile time flag
88		HASFLOCK set). Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura
89		of National Institute of Informatics, Japan.
90	If a milter rejected a recipient, the count for nrcpts= in the
91		logfile entry might have been wrong.  Problem found by
92		Petra Humann of TU Dresden.
93	If a milter invoked smfi_chgfrom() where ESMTP arguments are not
94		NULL, the message body was lost.  Patch from Motonori
95		Nakamura of National Institute of Informatics, Japan.
96	sendmail(8) had a bogus space in -qGname.  Patch from Peng Haitao.
97	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Preserve ownership and permissions when
98		replacing files.
99	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Skip dot-files (e.g., .cvsignore) when
100		reading the /etc/mail/virtusers/ directory.
101	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Emit warnings instead of exiting where
102		appropriate.
103	LIBMILTER: Fix ABI backwards compatibility so milters compiled
104		against an older libmilter.so shared library can use an
105		8.14 libmilter.so shared library.
106	LIBMILTER: smfi_version() did not properly extract the patchlevel
107		from the version number, however, the returned value was
108		correct for the current libmilter version.
109
1108.14.1/8.14.1	2007/04/03
111	Even though a milter rejects a recipient the MTA will still keep
112		it in its list of recipients and deliver to it if the
113		transaction is accepted. This is a regression introduced
114		in 8.14.0 due to the change for SMFIP_RCPT_REJ.  Bug
115		found by Andy Fiddaman.
116	The new DaemonPortOptions which begin with a lower case character
117		could not be set in 8.14.0.
118	If a server shut down the connection in response to a STARTTLS
119		command, sendmail would log a misleading error message
120		due to an internal inconsistency.  Problem found by
121		Werner Wiethege.
122	Document how some sendmail.cf options change the behavior of mailq.
123		Noted by Paul Menchini of the North Carolina School of
124		Science and Mathematics.
125	CONFIG: Add confSOFT_BOUNCE m4 option for setting SoftBounce.
126	CONFIG: 8.14.0's RELEASE_NOTES failed to mention the addition
127		of the confMAX_NOOP_COMMANDS and confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY_FILE
128		m4 options for setting MaxNOOPCommands and
129		SharedMemoryKeyFile.
130	CONFIG: Add confMILTER_MACROS_EOH and confMILTER_MACROS_DATA m4
131		options for setting Milter.macros.eoh and Milter.macros.data.
132	CONTRIB: Use flock() and fcntl() in qtool.pl if necessary.
133		Patch from Daniel Carroll of Mesa State College.
134	LIBMILTER: Make sure an unknown command does not affect the
135		currently available macros.  Problem found by Andy Fiddaman.
136	LIBMILTER: The MTA did not offer SMFIF_SETSYMLIST during option
137		negotiation.  Problem reported by Bryan Costales.
138	LIBMILTER: Fix several minor errors in the documentation.
139		Patches from Bryan Costales.
140	PORTABILITY FIXES:
141		AIX 5.{1,2}: libsm/util.c failed to compile due to
142			redefinition of several macros, e.g., SIG_ERR.
143			Patch from Jim Pirzyk with assistance by Bob
144			Booth, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
145		Add support for QNX.6.  Patch from Sean Boudreau of QNX
146			Software Systems.
147	New Files:
148		devtools/M4/depend/QNX6.m4
149		devtools/OS/QNX.6.x
150		include/sm/os/sm_os_qnx.h
151
152	New Files added in 8.14.0, but not shown in the release notes entry:
153		libmilter/docs/smfi_chgfrom.html
154		libmilter/docs/smfi_version.html
155
1568.14.0/8.14.0	2007/01/31
157	Header field values are now 8 bit clean.  Notes:
158		- header field names are still restricted to 7 bit.
159		- RFC 2822 allows only 7 bit (US-ASCII) characters in
160		  headers.
161	Preserve spaces after the colon in a header.  Previously, any
162		number of spaces after the colon would be changed to
163		exactly one space.
164	In some cases of deeply nested aliases/forwarding, mail can
165		be silently lost.  Moreover, the MaxAliasRecursion
166		limit may be reached too early, e.g., the counter
167		may be off by a factor of 4 in case of a sequence of
168		.forward files that refer to others.  Patch from
169		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
170	Fix a regression in 8.13.8: if InputMailFilters is set then
171		"sendmail -bs" can trigger an assertion because the
172		hostname of the client is undefined.  It is now set
173		to "localhost" for the xxfi_connect() callback.
174	Avoid referencing a freed variable during cleanup when terminating.
175		Problem reported and diagnosed by Joe Maimon.
176	New option HeloName to set the name for the HELO/EHLO command.
177		Patch from Nik Clayton.
178	New option SoftBounce to issue temporary errors (4xy) instead of
179		permanent errors (5xy).  This can be useful for testing.
180	New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions to set them individually
181		per daemon socket:
182			DeliveryMode	DeliveryMode
183			refuseLA	RefuseLA
184			delayLA		DelayLA
185			queueLA		QueueLA
186			children	MaxDaemonChildren
187	New option -K for LDAP maps to replace %1 through %9 in the
188		lookup key with the LDAP escaped contents of the
189		arguments specified in the map lookup.  Loosely based
190		on patch from Wolfgang Hottgenroth.
191	Log the time after which a greet_pause delay triggered.  Patch
192		from Nik Clayton.
193	If a client is rejected via TCP wrapper or some other check
194		performed by validate_connection() (in conf.c) then do
195		not also invoke greet_pause.  Problem noted by Jim Pirzyk
196		of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
197	If a client terminates the SMTP connection during a pause
198		introduced by greet_pause, then a misleading message
199		was logged previously.  Problem noted by Vernon Schryver
200		et.al., patch from Matej Vela.
201	New command "mstat" for control socket to provide "machine
202		readable" status.
203	New named config file rule check_eom which is called at the end
204		of a message, its parameter is the size of the message.
205	If the macro {addr_type} indicates that the current address
206		is a header address it also distinguishes between
207		recipient and sender addresses (as it is done for
208		envelope addresses).
209	When a macro is set in check_relay, then its value is accessible
210		by all transactions in the same SMTP session.
211	Increase size of key for ldap lookups to 1024 (MAXKEY).
212	New option MaxNOOPCommands to override default of 20 for the
213		number of "useless" commands before the SMTP server will
214		slow down responding.
215	New option SharedMemoryKeyFile: if shared memory support is
216		enabled, the MTA can be asked to select a shared memory
217		key itself by setting SharedMemoryKey to -1 and specifying
218		a file where to store the selected key.
219	Try to deal with open HTTP proxies that are used to send spam
220		by recognizing some commands from them. If the first command
221		from the client is GET, POST, CONNECT, or USER, then the
222		connection is terminated immediately.
223	New PrivacyOptions noactualrecipient to avoid putting
224		X-Actual-Recipient lines in DSNs revealing the actual
225		account that addresses map to.  Patch from Dan Harkless.
226	New options B, z, and Z for DNS maps:
227		-B: specify a domain that is always appended to queries.
228		-z: specify the delimiter at which to cut off the result of
229			a query if it is too long.
230		-Z: specify the maximum number of entries to be concatenated
231			to form the result of a lookup.
232	New target "check" in the Makefile of libsm: instead of running tests
233		implicitly while building libsm, they must be explicitly
234		started by using "make check".
235	Fixed some inconsistent checks for NULL pointers that have been
236		reported by the SATURN tool which has been developed by
237		Isil Dillig and Thomas Dillig of Stanford University.
238	Fix a potential race condition caused by a signal handler for
239		terminated child processes.  Problem noted by David F. Skoll.
240	When a milter deleted a recipient, that recipient could cause a
241		queue group selection. This has been disabled as it was not
242		intended.
243	New operator 'r' for the arith map to return a random number.
244		Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
245	New compile time option MILTER_NO_NAGLE to turn off the Nagle
246		algorithm for communication with libmilter ("cork" on Linux),
247		which may improve the communication performance on some
248		operating systems.  Patch from John Gardiner Myers of
249		Proofpoint.
250	If sendmail received input that contained a CR without subsequent LF
251		(thus violating RFC 2821 (2.3.7)), it could previously
252		generate an additional blank line in the output as the last
253		line.
254	Restarting persistent queue runners by sending a HUP signal to
255		the "queue control process" (QCP) works now.
256	Increase the length of an input line to 12288 to deal with
257		really long lines during SMTP AUTH negotiations.
258		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
259	If ARPANET mode (-ba) was selected STARTTLS would fail (due to
260		a missing initialization call for that case).  Problem
261		noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
262	If sendmail is linked against a library that initializes Cyrus-SASL
263		before sendmail did it (such as libnss-ldap), then SMTP AUTH
264		could fail for the sendmail client.  A patch by Moritz Both
265		works around the API design flaw of Cyrus-SASLv2.
266	CONFIG: Make it possible to unset the StatusFile option by
267		undefining STATUS_FILE.  By not setting StatusFile,
268		the MTA will not attempt to open a statistics file on
269		each delivery.
270	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`require_rdns') to reject messages from SMTP
271		clients whose IP address does not have proper reverse DNS.
272		Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University
273		and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
274	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`block_bad_helo') to reject messages from SMTP
275		clients which provide a HELO/EHLO argument which is either
276		unqualified, or is one of our own names (i.e., the server
277		name instead of the client name).  Contributed by Neil
278		Rickert of Northern Illinois University and John Beck of
279		Sun Microsystems.
280	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`badmx') to reject envelope sender addresses
281		(MAIL) whose domain part resolves to a "bad" MX record.
282		Based on contribution from William Dell Wisner.
283	CONFIG: New macros SMTP_MAILER_LL and RELAY_MAILER_LL to override
284		the maximum line length of the smtp mailers.
285	CONFIG: New option `relaytofulladdress' for FEATURE(`access_db')
286		to allow entries in the access map to be of the form
287			To:user@example.com	RELAY
288	CONFIG: New subsuboptions eoh and data to specify the list of
289		macros a milter should receive at those stages in the
290		SMTP dialogue.
291	CONFIG: New option confHELO_NAME for HeloName to set the name
292		for the HELO/EHLO command.
293	CONFIG: dnsbl and enhdnsbl can now also discard or quarantine
294		messages by using those values as second argument.
295		Patches from Nelson Fung.
296	CONTRIB: cidrexpand uses a hash symbol as comment character and
297		ignores everything after it unless it is in quotes or
298		preceeded by a backslash.
299	DEVTOOLS: New macro confMKDIR: if set to a program that creates
300		directories, then it used for "make install" to create
301		the required installation directories.
302	DEVTOOLS: New macro confCCLINK to specify the linker to use for
303		executables (defaults to confCC).
304	LIBMILTER: A new version of the milter API has been created that
305		has several changes which are listed below and documented
306		in the webpages reachable via libmilter/docs/index.html.
307	LIBMILTER: The meaning of the version macro SMFI_VERSION has been
308		changed.  It now refers only to the version of libmilter,
309		not to the protocol version (which is used only internally,
310		it is not user/milter-programmer visible).  Additionally,
311		a version function smfi_version() has been introduced such
312		that a milter program can check the libmilter version also
313		at runtime which is useful if a shared library is used.
314	LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_negotiate() can be used to
315		dynamically (i.e., at runtime) determine the available
316		protocol actions and features of the MTA and also to
317		specify which of these a milter wants to use.  This allows
318		for more flexibility than hardcoding these flags in the
319		xxfi_flags field of the smfiDesc structure.
320	LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_data() is available so milters
321		can act on the DATA command.
322	LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_unknown() is available so milters
323		can receive also unknown SMTP commands.
324	LIBMILTER: A new return code SMFIS_NOREPLY has been added which
325		can be used by the xxfi_header() callback provided the
326		milter requested the SMFIP_NOHREPL protocol action.
327	LIBMILTER: The new return code SMFIS_SKIP can be used in the
328		xxfi_body() callback to skip over further body chunks
329		and directly advance to the xxfi_eom() callback.  This
330		is useful if a milter can make a decision based on the
331		body chunks it already received without reading the entire
332		rest of the body and the milter wants to invoke functions
333		that are only available from the xxfi_eom() callback.
334	LIBMILTER: A new function smfi_addrcpt_par() can be used to add
335		new recipients including ESMTP parameters.
336	LIBMILTER: A new function smfi_chgfrom() can be used to change the
337		envelope sender including ESMTP parameters.
338	LIBMILTER: A milter can now request to be informed about rejected
339		recipients (RCPT) too.  This requires to set the protocol
340		flag SMFIP_RCPT_REJ during option negotiation.  Whether
341		a RCPT has been rejected can be checked by comparing the
342		value of the macro {rcpt_mailer} with "error".
343	LIBMILTER: A milter can now override the list of macros that it
344		wants to receive from the MTA for each protocol step
345		by invoking the function smfi_setsymlist() during option
346		negotiation.
347	LIBMILTER: A milter can receive header field values with all
348		leading spaces by requesting the SMFIP_HDR_LEADSPC
349		protocol action.  Also, if the flag is set then the MTA
350		does not add a leading space to headers that are added,
351		inserted, or replaced.
352	LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421" for the HELO
353		callback, the SMTP server will terminate the SMTP session
354		with that error to match the behavior of all other callbacks.
355	New Files:
356		cf/feature/badmx.m4
357		cf/feature/block_bad_helo.m4
358		cf/feature/require_rdns.m4
359		devtools/M4/UNIX/check.m4
360		include/sm/misc.h
361		include/sm/sendmail.h
362		include/sm/tailq.h
363		libmilter/docs/smfi_addrcpt_par.html
364		libmilter/docs/smfi_setsymlist.html
365		libmilter/docs/xxfi_data.html
366		libmilter/docs/xxfi_negotiate.html
367		libmilter/docs/xxfi_unknown.html
368		libmilter/example.c
369		libmilter/monitor.c
370		libmilter/worker.c
371		libsm/memstat.c
372		libsm/t-memstat.c
373		libsm/t-qic.c
374		libsm/util.c
375		sendmail/daemon.h
376		sendmail/map.h
377
3788.13.8/8.13.8	2006/08/09
379	Fix a regression in 8.13.7: if shared memory is activated, then
380		the server can erroneously report that there is
381		insufficient disk space.  Additionally make sure that
382		an internal variable is set properly to avoid those
383		misleading errors.  Based on patch from Steve Hubert
384		of University of Washington.
385	Fix a regression in 8.13.7: the PidFile could be removed after
386		the process that forks the daemon exited, i.e., if
387		sendmail -bd is invoked.  Problem reported by Kan Sasaki
388		of Fusion Communications Corp. and Werner Wiethege.
389	Avoid opening qf files if QueueSortOrder is "none".  Patch from
390		David F. Skoll.
391	Avoid a crash when finishing due to referencing a freed variable.
392		Problem reported and diagnosed by Moritz Jodeit.
393	CONTRIB: cidrexpand now deals with /0 by issuing the entire IPv4
394		range (0..255).
395	LIBMILTER: The "hostname" argument of the xxfi_connect() callback
396		previously was the equivalent of {client_ptr}.  However,
397		this did not match the documentation of the function, hence
398		it has been changed to {client_name}.  See doc/op/op.*
399		about these macros.
400
4018.13.7/8.13.7	2006/06/14
402	A malformed MIME structure with many parts can cause sendmail to
403		crash while trying to send a mail due to a stack overflow,
404		e.g., if the stack size is limited (ulimit -s).  This
405		happens because the recursion of the function mime8to7()
406		was not restricted.  The function is called for MIME 8 to
407		7 bit conversion and also to enforce MaxMimeHeaderLength.
408		To work around this problem, recursive calls are limited to
409		a depth of MAXMIMENESTING (20); message content after this
410		limit is treated as opaque and is not checked further.
411		Problem noted by Frank Sheiness.
412	The changes to the I/O layer in 8.13.6 caused a regression for
413		SASL mechanisms that use the security layer, e.g.,
414		DIGEST-MD5.  Problem noted by Robert Stampfli.
415	If a timeout occurs while reading a message (during the DATA phase)
416		a df file might have been left behind in the queue.
417		This was another side effect of the changes to the I/O
418		layer made in 8.13.6.
419	Several minor problems have been fixed that were found by a
420		Coverity scan of sendmail 8 as part of the NetBSD
421		distribution. See http://scan.coverity.com/
422		Note: the scan generated also a lot of "false positives",
423		e.g., "error" reports about situations that cannot happen.
424		Most of those code places are marked with lint(1) comments
425		like NOTREACHED, but Coverity does not understand those.
426		Hence an explicit assertion has been added in some cases
427		to avoid those false positives.
428	If the start of the sendmail daemon fails due to a configuration
429		error then in some cases shared memory segments or pid
430		files were not removed.
431	If DSN support is disabled via access_db, then related ESMTP
432		parameters for MAIL and RCPT should be rejected.  Problem
433		reported by Akihiro Sagawa.
434	Enabling zlib compression in OpenSSL 0.9.8[ab] breaks the padding
435		bug work-around.  Hence if sendmail is linked against
436		either of these versions and compression is available,
437		the padding bug work-around is turned off.  Based on
438		patch from Victor Duchovni of Morgan Stanley.
439	CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') and FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') used
440		blackholes.mail-abuse.org as default domain for lookups,
441		however, that list is no longer available.  To avoid
442		further problems, no default value is available anymore,
443		but an argument must be specified.
444	Portability:
445		Fix compilation on OSF/1 for sfsasl.c.  Patch from
446		Pieter Bowman of the University of Utah.
447
4488.13.6/8.13.6	2006/03/22
449	SECURITY: Replace unsafe use of setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in the server
450		and client side of sendmail with timeouts in the libsm I/O
451		layer and fix problems in that code.  Also fix handling of
452		a buffer in sm_syslog() which could have been used as an
453		attack vector to exploit the unsafe handling of
454		setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in combination with signals.
455		Problem detected by Mark Dowd of ISS X-Force.
456	Handle theoretical integer overflows that could triggered if
457		the server accepted headers larger than the maximum
458		(signed) integer value.  This is prevented in the default
459		configuration by restricting the size of a header, and on
460		most machines memory allocations would fail before reaching
461		those values.  Problems found by Phil Brass of ISS.
462	If a server returns 421 for an RSET command when trying to start
463		another transaction in a session while sending mail, do
464		not trigger an internal consistency check.  Problem found
465		by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
466	If a server returns a 5xy error code (other than 501) in response
467		to a STARTTLS command despite the fact that it advertised
468		STARTTLS and that the code is not valid according to RFC
469		2487 treat it nevertheless as a permanent failure instead
470		of a protocol error (which has been changed to a
471		temporary error in 8.13.5).  Problem reported by Jeff
472		A. Earickson of Colby College.
473	Clear SMTP state after a HELO/EHLO command.  Patch from John
474		Myers of Proofpoint.
475	Observe MinQueueAge option when gathering entries from the queue
476		for sorting etc instead of waiting until the entries are
477		processed.  Patch from Brian Fundakowski Feldman.
478	Set up TLS session cache to properly handle clients that try to
479		resume a stored TLS session.
480	Properly count the number of (direct) child processes such that
481		a configured value (MaxDaemonChildren) is not exceeded.
482		Based on patch from Attila Bruncsak.
483	LIBMILTER: Remove superfluous backslash in macro definition
484		(libmilter.h).  Based on patch from Mike Kupfer of
485		Sun Microsystems.
486	LIBMILTER: Don't try to set SO_REUSEADDR on UNIX domain sockets.
487		This generates an error message from libmilter on
488		Solaris, though other systems appear to just discard the
489		request silently.
490	LIBMILTER: Deal with sigwait(2) implementations that return
491		-1 and set errno instead of returning an error code
492		directly.  Patch from Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations
493		Services.
494	Portability:
495		Fix compilation checks for closefrom(3) and statvfs(2)
496		in NetBSD.  Problem noted by S. Moonesamy, patch from
497		Andrew Brown.
498
4998.13.5/8.13.5	2005/09/16
500	Store the filesystem identifier of the df/ subdirectory (if it
501		exists) in an internal structure instead of the base
502		directory.  This structure is used decide whether there
503		is enough free disk space when selecting a queue, hence
504		without this change queue selection could fail if a df/
505		subdirectory exists and is on a different filesystem
506		than the base directory.
507	Use the queue index of the df file (instead of the qf file) for
508		checking whether a link(2) operation can be used to split
509		an envelope across queue groups.  Problem found by
510		Werner Wiethege.
511	If the list of items in the queue is larger than the maximum
512		number of items to process, sort the queue first and
513		then cut the list off instead of the other way around.
514		Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute.
515	Fix helpfile to show full entry for ETRN.  Problem noted by
516		Penelope Fudd, patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
517		University.
518	FallbackSmartHost should also be tried on temporary errors.
519		From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
520	When a server responds with 421 to the STARTTLS command then treat
521		it as a temporary error, not as protocol error.  Problem
522		noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
523	Properly define two functions in libsm as static because their
524		prototype used static too.  Patch from Peter Klein.
525	Fix syntax errors in helpfile for MAIL and RCPT commands.
526	LIBMILTER: When smfi_replacebody() is called with bodylen equals
527		zero then do not silently ignore that call.  Patch from
528		Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
529	LIBMILTER: Recognize "421" also in a multi-line reply to terminate
530		the SMTP session with that error.  Fix from Brian Kantor.
531	Portability: New option HASSNPRINTF which can be set if the OS
532			has a properly working snprintf(3) to get rid
533			of the last two (safe) sprintf(3) calls in the
534			source code.
535		Add support for AIX 5.3.
536		Add support for SunOS 5.11 (aka Solaris 11).
537		Add support for Darwin 8.x.  Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg.
538		OpenBSD 3.7 has removed support for NETISO.
539	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd6) for FreeBSD 6.X.
540		Set DontBlameSendmail to AssumeSafeChown and
541			GroupWritableDirPathSafe for OSTYPE(darwin).
542			Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg.
543		Some features still used 4.7.1 as enhanced status code which
544			was supposed to be eliminated in 8.13.0 because some
545			broken systems misinterpret it as a permanent error.
546			Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute.
547		Some default values in a generated cf file did not match
548			the defaults in the sendmail binary.  Problem noted
549			by Mike Pechkin.
550	New Files:
551		cf/ostype/freebsd6.m4
552		devtools/OS/AIX.5.3
553		devtools/OS/Darwin.8.x
554		devtools/OS/SunOS.5.11
555		include/sm/time.h
556
5578.13.4/8.13.4	2005/03/27
558	The bug fixes in 8.13.3 for connection handling uncovered a
559		different error which could result in connections that
560		stay in CLOSE_WAIT state due to a variable that was not
561		properly initialized.  Problem noted by Michael Sims.
562	Deal with empty hostnames in hostsignature().  This bug could lead
563		to an endless loop when doing LMTP deliveries to another
564		host.  Problem first reported by Martin Lathoud and
565		tracked down by Gael Roualland.
566	Make sure return parameters are initialized in getmxrr().  Problem
567		found by Gael Roualland using valgrind.
568	If shared memory is used and the RunAsUser option is set, then the
569		owner and group of the shared memory segment is set to
570		the ids specified RunAsUser and the access mode is set
571		to 0660 to allow for updates by sendmail processes.
572	The number of queue entries that is (optionally) kept in shared
573		memory was wrong in some cases, e.g., envelope splitting
574		and bounce generation.
575	Undo a change made in 8.13.0 to silently truncate long strings
576		in address rewriting because the message can be triggered
577		for header checks where long strings are legitimate.
578		Problem reported by Mary Verge DeSisto, and tracked
579		down with the help of John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
580	The internal stab map did not obey the -m flag.  Patch from
581		Rob McMahon of Warwick University, England.
582	The socket map did not obey the -f flag.  Problem noted by
583		Dan Ringdahl, forwarded by Andrzej Filip.
584	The addition of LDAP recursion in 8.13.0 broke enforcement of
585		the LDAP map -1 argument which tells the MTA to only
586		return success if and only if a single LDAP match is found.
587	Add additional error checks in the MTA for milter communication
588		to avoid a possible segmentation fault.  Based on patch
589		by Joe Maimon.
590	Do not trigger an assertion if X509_digest() returns success but
591		does not assign a value to its output parameter.  Based
592		on patch by Brian Kantor.
593	Add more checks when resetting internal AUTH data (applies only
594		to Cyrus SASL version 2).  Otherwise an SMTP session might
595		be dropped after an AUTH failure.
596	Portability:
597		Add LA_LONGLONG as valid LA_TYPE type for systems that use
598			"long long" to read load average data, e.g.,
599			AIX 5.1 in 32 bit mode.  Note: this has to be set
600			"by hand", it is not (yet) automatically detected.
601			Problem noted by Burak Bilen.
602		Use socklen_t for accept(), etc. on AIX 5.x.  This should
603			fix problems when compiling in 64 bit mode.
604			Problem first reported by Harry Meiert of
605			University of Bremen.
606	New Files:
607		include/sm/sem.h
608		libsm/sem.c
609		libsm/t-sem.c
610
6118.13.3/8.13.3	2005/01/11
612	Enhance handling of I/O errors, especially EOF, when STARTTLS
613		is active.
614	Make sure a connection is not reused after it has been closed
615		due to a 421 error.  Problem found by Allan E Johannesen
616		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
617	Avoid triggering an assertion when sendmail is interrupted while
618		closing a connection.  Problem found by Allan E Johannesen
619		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
620	Regression: a change in 8.13.2 caused sendmail not to try the
621		next MX host (or FallbackMXhost if configured) when, at
622		connection open, the current server returns a 4xy or 5xy
623		SMTP reply code.  Problem noted by Mark Tranchant.
624
6258.13.2/8.13.2	2004/12/15
626	Do not split the first header even if it exceeds the internal
627		buffer size.  Previously a part of such a header would
628		end up in the body of the message.  Problem noted by
629		Simple Nomad of BindView.
630	Do not complain about "cataddr: string too long" when checking
631		headers that do not contain RFC 2822 addresses.
632		Problem noted by Rich Graves of Brandeis University.
633	If a server returns a 421 reply to the RSET command between
634		message deliveries, do not attempt to deliver any more
635		messages on that connection.  This prevents bogus "Bad
636		file number" recipient status.  Problem noted by
637		Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
638	Allow trailing white space in EHLO command as recommended by RFC
639		2821.  Problem noted by Ralph Santagato of SBC Services.
640	Deal with clients which use AUTH but negotiate a smaller buffer size
641		for data exchanges than the value used by sendmail, e.g.,
642		Cyrus IMAP lmtp server.  Based on patch by Jamie Clark.
643	When passing ESMTP arguments for RCPT to a milter, do not cut
644		them off at a comma.  Problem noted by Krzysztof Oledzki.
645	Add more logging to milter change header functions to
646		complement existing logging.  Based on patch from
647		Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
648	Include <lber.h> in include/sm/config.h when LDAPMAP is defined.
649		Patch from Edgar Hoch of the University of Stuttgart.
650	Fix DNS lookup if IPv6 is enabled when converting an IP address
651		to a hostname for use with SASL.  Problem noted by Ken Jones;
652		patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO.
653	CONFIG: For consistency enable MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS for the prog
654		mailer.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
655	LIBMILTER: It was possible that xxfi_abort() was called after
656		xxfi_eom() for a message if some timeouts were triggered.
657		Patch from Alexey Kravchuk.
658	LIBMILTER: Slightly rearrange mutex use in listener.c to allow
659		different threads to call smfi_opensocket() and smfi_main().
660		Patch from Jordan Ritter of Cloudmark.
661	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting.  Problem
662		noted by Nelson Fung.
663	MAIL.LOCAL: make strip-mail.local used a wrong path to access
664		mail.local.  Problem noted by William Park.
665	VACATION: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting.  Problem noted
666		by Nelson Fung.
667	Portability:
668		Add support for DragonFly BSD.
669	New Files:
670		cf/ostype/dragonfly.m4
671		devtools/OS/DragonFly
672		include/sm/os/sm_os_dragonfly.h
673	Deleted Files:
674		libsm/vsscanf.c
675
6768.13.1/8.13.1	2004/07/30
677	Using the default AliasFile ldap: specification would cause the
678		objectClasses of the LDAP response to be included in the
679		alias expansion.  Problem noted by Brenden Conte of
680		Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
681	Fix support for a fallback smart host for system where DNS is
682		(partially) available. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
683	Fix SuperSafe=PostMilter behavior when a milter replaces a body
684		but the data file is not yet stored on disk because it is
685		smaller than the size of the memory buffer.  Problem noted
686		by David Russell.
687	Fix certificate revocation list support; if a CRL was specified
688		but the other side presented a cert that was signed by
689		a different (trusted) CA than the one which issued the CRL,
690		verification would always fail.  Problem noted by Al Smith.
691	Run mailer programs as the RunAsUser when RunAsUser is set and
692		the F=S mailer flag is set without a U= mailer equate.
693		Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of Proofpoint.
694	${nbadrcpts} was off by one if BadRcptThrottle is zero.
695		Patch from Sung-hoon Choi of DreamWiz Inc.
696	CONFIG: Emit a warning if FEATURE(`access_db') is used after
697		FEATURE(`greet_pause') because then the latter will not
698		use the access map.  Note: if no default value is given
699		for FEATURE(`greet_pause') then it issues an error if
700		FEATURE(`access_db') is not specified before it.
701		Problem noted by Alexander Dalloz of University of
702		Bielefeld.
703	CONFIG: Invoke ruleset Local_greet_pause if FEATURE(`greet_pause')
704		is used to give more flexibility for local changes.
705	Portability:
706		Fix a 64 bit problem in the socket map code.  Problem
707			noted by Geoff Adams.
708		NetBSD 2.0F has closefrom(3).  Patch from Andrew Brown.
709		NetBSD can use sysctl(3) to get the number of CPUs in
710			a system.  Patch from Andrew Brown.
711		Add a README file in doc/op/ to explain potential
712			incompatibilities with various *roff related
713			tools.  Problem tracked down by Per Hedeland.
714	New Files:
715		doc/op/README
716
7178.13.0/8.13.0	2004/06/20
718	Do not include AUTH data in a bounce to avoid leaking confidential
719		information.  See also cf/README about MSP and the section
720		"Providing SMTP AUTH Data when sendmail acts as Client".
721		Problem noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
722		University.
723	Fix compilation error in libsm/clock.c for -D_FFR_SLEEP_USE_SELECT=n
724		and -DSM_CONF_SETITIMER=0.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi
725		of RUS University of Stuttgart.
726	Fix bug in conversion from 8bit to quoted-printable. Problem found
727		by Christof Haerens, patch from Per Hedeland.
728	Add support for LDAP recursion based on types given to attribute
729		specifications in an LDAP map definition.  This allows
730		LDAP queries to return a new query, a DN, or an LDAP
731		URL which will in turn be queried.  See the ``LDAP
732		Recursion'' section of doc/op/op.me for more information.
733		Based on patch from Andrew Baucom.
734	Extend the default LDAP specifications for AliasFile
735		(O AliasFile=ldap:) and file classes (F{X}@LDAP) to
736		include support for LDAP recursion via new attributes.
737		See ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section
738		of cf/README for more information.
739	New option for LDAP maps: the -w option allows you to specify the
740		LDAP API/protocol version to use.  The default depends on
741		the LDAP library.
742	New option for LDAP maps: the -H option allows you to specify an
743		LDAP URI instead of specifying the LDAP server via -h host
744		and -p port.  This also allows for the use of LDAP over
745		SSL and connections via named sockets if your LDAP
746		library supports it.
747	New compile time flag SM_CONF_LDAP_INITIALIZE: set this if
748		ldap_initialize(3) is available (and LDAPMAP is set).
749	If MaxDaemonChildren is set and a command is repeated too often
750		during a SMTP session then terminate it just like it is
751		done for too many bad SMTP commands.
752	Basic connection rate control support has been added: the daemon
753		maintains the number of incoming connections per client
754		IP address and total in the macros {client_rate} and
755		{total_rate}, respectively.  These macros can be used
756		in the cf file to impose connection rate limits.
757		A new option ConnectionRateWindowSize (default: 60s)
758		determines the length of the interval for which the
759		number of connections is stored.  Based on patch from
760		Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des Mines de Paris.
761	Add optional protection from open proxies and SMTP slammers which
762		send SMTP traffic without waiting for the SMTP greeting.
763		If enabled by the new ruleset greet_pause (see
764		FEATURE(`greet_pause')), sendmail will wait the specified
765		amount of time before sending the initial 220 SMTP
766		greeting.  If any traffic is received before then, a 554
767		SMTP response is sent and all SMTP commands are rejected
768		during that connection.
769	If 32 NOOP (or unknown/bad) commands are issued by a client the SMTP
770		server could sleep for a very long time.  Fix based on
771		patch from Tadashi Kobayashi of IIJ.
772	Fix a potential memory leak in persistent queue runners if the
773		number of entries in the queue exceeds the limit of jobs.
774		Problem noted by Steve Hubert of University of Washington.
775	Do not use 4.7.1 as enhanced status code because some broken systems
776		misinterpret it as a permanent error.
777	New value for SuperSafe: PostMilter which will delay fsync() until
778		all milters accepted the mail.  This can increase
779		performance if many mails are rejected by milters due to
780		body scans.  Based on patch from David F. Skoll.
781	New macro {msg_id} which contains the value of the Message-Id:
782		header, whether provided by the client or generated by
783		sendmail.
784	New macro {client_connections} which contains the number of open
785		connections in the SMTP server for the client IP address.
786		Based on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des
787		Mines de Paris.
788	sendmail will now remove its pidfile when it exits.  This was done
789		to prevent confusion caused by running sendmail stop
790		scripts two or more times, where the second and subsequent
791		runs would report misleading error messages about sendmail's
792		pid no longer existing.  See section 1.3.15 of doc/op/op.me
793		for a discussion of the implications of this, including
794		how to correct broken scripts which may have depended on
795		the old behavior.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
796	Support per-daemon input filter lists which override the default
797		filter list specified in InputMailFilters.  The filters
798		can be listed in the I= equate of DaemonPortOptions.
799	Do not add all domain prefixes of the hostname to class 'w'.  If
800		your configuration relies on this behavior, you have to
801		add those names to class 'w' yourself.  Problem noted
802		by Sander Eerkes.
803	Support message quarantining in the mail queue.  Quarantined
804		messages are not run on normal queue displays or runs
805		unless specifically requested with -qQ.  Quarantined queue
806		files are named with an hf prefix instead of a qf prefix.
807	The -q command line option now can specify which queue to display
808		or run.  -qQ operates on quarantined queue items.  -qL
809		operates on lost queue items.
810	Restricted mail queue runs and displays can be done based on the
811		quarantined reason using -qQtext to run or display
812		quarantined items if the quarantine reason contains the
813		given text.  Similarly, -q!Qtext will run or display
814		quarantined items which do not have the given text in the
815		quarantine reason.
816	Items in the queue can be quarantined or unquarantined using the
817		new -Q option.  See doc/op/op.me for more information.
818	When displaying the quarantine mailq with 'mailq -qQ', the
819		quarantine reason is shown in a new line prefixed by
820		"QUARANTINE:".
821	A new error code for the $#error mailer, $@ quarantine, can be used
822		to quarantine messages in check_* (except check_compat) and
823		header check rulesets.  The $: of the mailer triplet will
824		be used for the quarantine reason.
825	Add a new quarantine count to the mailstats collected.
826	Add a new macro ${quarantine} which is the quarantine reason for a
827		message if it is quarantined.
828	New map type "socket" for a trivial query protocol over UNIX domain
829		or TCP sockets (requires compile time option SOCKETMAP).
830		See sendmail/README and doc/op/op.me for details as well as
831		socketmapServer.pl and socketmapClient.pl in contrib.
832		Code donated by Bastiaan Bakker of LifeLine Networks.
833	Define new macro ${client_ptr} which holds the result of the PTR
834		lookup for the client IP address.  Note: this is the same
835		as ${client_name} if and only if ${client_resolve} is OK.
836	Add a new macro ${nbadrcpts} which contains the number of bad
837		recipients received so far in a transaction.
838	Call check_relay with the value of ${client_name} to deal with bogus
839		DNS entries.  See also FEATURE(`use_client_ptr').  Problem
840		noted by Kai Schlichting.
841	Treat Delivery-Receipt-To: headers the same as Return-Receipt-To:
842		headers (turn them into DSNs).  Delivery-Receipt-To: is
843		apparently used by SIMS (Sun Internet Mail System).
844	Enable connection caching for LPC mailers.  Patch from Christophe
845		Wolfhugel of France Telecom Oleane.
846	Do not silently truncate long strings in address rewriting.
847	Add support for Cyrus SASL version 2.  From Kenneth Murchison of
848		Oceana Matrix Ltd.
849	Add a new AuthOption=m flag to require the use of mechanisms which
850		support mutual authentication.  From Kenneth Murchison of
851		Oceana Matrix Ltd.
852	Fix logging of TLS related problems (introduced in 8.12.11).
853	The macros {auth_author} and {auth_authen} are stored in xtext
854		format just like the STARTTLS related macros to avoid
855		problems with parsing them.  Problem noted by Pierangelo
856		Masarati of SysNet s.n.c.
857	New option AuthRealm to set the authentication realm that is
858		passed to the Cyrus SASL library.  Patch from Gary Mills
859		of the University of Manitoba.
860	Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS verification was
861		successful, otherwise relaying would be allowed if
862		EXTERNAL is listed in TRUST_AUTH_MECH() and STARTTLS
863		is active.
864	Add basic support for certificate revocation lists.  Note: if a
865		CRLFile is specified but the file is unusable, STARTTLS
866		is disabled.  Based on patch by Ralf Hornik.
867	Enable workaround for inconsistent Cyrus SASLv1 API for mechanisms
868		DIGEST-MD5 and LOGIN.
869	Write pid to file also if sendmail only acts as persistent queue
870		runner.  Proposed by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
871	Keep daemon pid file(s) locked so other daemons don't try to
872		overwrite each other's pid files.
873	Increase maximum length of logfile fields for {cert_subject} and
874		{cert_issuer} from 128 to 256.  Requested by Christophe
875		Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
876	Log the TLS verification message on the STARTTLS= log line at
877		LogLevel 12 or higher.
878	If the MSP is invoked with the verbose option (-v) then it will
879		try to use the SMTP command VERB to propagate this option
880		to the MTA which in turn will show the delivery just like
881		it was done before the default 8.12 separation of MSP and
882		MTA.  Based on patch by Per Hedeland.
883	If a daemon is refusing connections for longer than the time specified
884		by the new option RejectLogInterval (default: 3 hours) due
885		to high load, log this information.  Patch from John Beck
886		of Sun Microsystems.
887	Remove the ability for non-trusted users to raise the value of
888		CheckpointInterval on the command line.
889	New mailer flag 'B' to strip leading backslashes, which is a
890		subset of the functionality of the 's' flag.
891	New mailer flag 'W' to ignore long term host status information.
892		Patch from Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
893	Enable generic mail filter API (milter) by default.  To turn
894		it off, add -DMILTER=0 to the compile time options.
895	An internal SMTP session discard flag was lost after an RSET/HELO/EHLO
896		causing subsequent messages to be sent instead of being
897		discarded.  This also caused milter callbacks to be called
898		out of order after the SMTP session was reset.
899	New option RequiresDirfsync to turn off the compile time flag
900		REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime.  See sendmail/README for
901		further information.
902	New command line option -D logfile to send debug output to
903		the indicated log file instead of stdout.
904	Add Timeout.queuereturn.dsn and Timeout.queuewarn.dsn to control
905		queue return and warning times for delivery status
906		notifications.
907	New queue sort order option: 'n'one for not sorting the queue entries
908		at all.
909	Several more return values for ruleset srv_features have been added
910		to enable/disable certain features in the server per
911		connection.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
912	Support for SMTP over SSL (smtps), activated by Modifier=s
913		for DaemonPortOptions.
914	Continue with DNS lookups on ECONNREFUSED and TRY_AGAIN when
915		trying to canonify hostnames.  Suggested by Neil Rickert
916		of Northern Illinois University.
917	Add support for a fallback smart host (option FallbackSmartHost) to
918		be tried as a last resort after all other fallbacks.  This
919		is designed for sites with partial DNS (e.g., an accurate
920		view of inside the company, but an incomplete view of
921		outside).  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
922	Enable timeout for STARTTLS even if client does not start the TLS
923		handshake.  Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
924	Remove deprecated -v option for PH map, use -k instead.  Patch from
925		Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
926	libphclient is version 1.2.x by default, if version 1.1.x is required
927		then compile with -DNPH_VERSION=10100.  Patch from Mark Roth
928		of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
929	Add Milter.macros.eom, allowing macros to be sent to milter
930		applications for use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
931	New macro {time} which contains the output of the time(3) function,
932		i.e., the number of seconds since 0 hours, 0 minutes,
933		0 seconds, January 1, 1970, Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
934	If check_relay sets the reply code to "421" the SMTP server will
935		terminate the SMTP session with a 421 error message.
936	Get rid of dead code that tried to access the environment variable
937		HOSTALIASES.
938	Deprecate the use of ErrorMode=write.  To enable this in 8.13
939		compile with -DUSE_TTYPATH=1.
940	Header check rulesets using $>+ (do not strip comments) will get
941		the header value passed in without balancing quotes,
942		parentheses, and angle brackets.  Based on patch from
943		Oleg Bulyzhin.
944	Do not complain and fix up unbalanced quotes, parentheses, and
945		angle brackets when reading in rulesets.  This allows
946		rules to be written for header checks to catch strings
947		that contain quotes, parentheses, and/or angle brackets.
948		Based on patch from Oleg Bulyzhin.
949	Do not close socket when accept(2) in the daemon encounters
950		some temporary errors like ECONNABORTED.
951	Added list of CA certificates that are used by members of the
952		sendmail consortium, see CACerts.
953	Portability:
954		Two new compile options have been added:
955			HASCLOSEFROM	System has closefrom(3).
956			HASFDWALK	System has fdwalk(3).
957			Based on patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
958		The Linux kernel version 2.4 series has a broken flock() so
959			change to using fcntl() locking until they can fix
960			it.  Be sure to update other sendmail related
961			programs to match locking techniques.
962		New compile time option NEEDINTERRNO which should be set
963			if <errno.h> does not declare errno itself.
964		Support for UNICOS/mk and UNICOS/mp added, some changes for
965			UNICOS.  Patches contributed by Aaron Davis and
966			Brian Ginsbach, Cray Inc., and Manu Mahonen of
967			Center for Scientific Computing.
968		Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
969		Extend support to Darwin 7.x/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
970		Remove path from compiler definition for Interix because
971			Interix 3.0 and 3.5 put gcc in different locations.
972			Also use <sys/mkdev.h> to get the correct
973			major()/minor() definitions.  Based on feedback
974			from Mark Funkenhauser.
975	CONFIG: Add support for LDAP recursion to the default LDAP searches
976		for maps via new attributes.  See the ``USING LDAP FOR
977		ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README and
978		cf/sendmail.schema for more information.
979	CONFIG: Make sure confTRUSTED_USER is valid even if confRUN_AS_USER
980		is of the form "user:group" when used for submit.mc.
981		Problem noted by Carsten P. Gehrke, patch from Neil Rickert
982		of Northern Illinois University.
983	CONFIG: Add a new access DB value of QUARANTINE:reason which
984		instructs the check_* (except check_compat) to quarantine
985		the message using the given reason.
986	CONFIG: Use "dns -R A" as map type for dnsbl (just as for enhdnsbl)
987		instead of "host" to avoid problem with looking up other
988		DNS records than just A.
989	CONFIG: New option confCONNECTION_RATE_WINDOW_SIZE to define the
990		length of the interval for which the number of incoming
991		connections is maintained.
992	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ratecontrol') to set the limits for connection
993		rate control for individual hosts or nets.
994	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`conncontrol') to set the limits for the
995		number of open SMTP connections for individual hosts or nets.
996	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`greet_pause') enables open proxy and SMTP
997		slamming protection described above.  The feature can
998		take an argument specifying the milliseconds to wait and/or
999		use the access database to look the pause time based on
1000		client hostname, domain, IP address, or subnet.
1001	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`use_client_ptr') to have check_relay use
1002		$&{client_ptr} as its first argument.  This is useful for
1003		rejections based on the unverified hostname of client,
1004		which turns on the same behavior as in earlier sendmail
1005		versions when delay_checks was not in use.  See also entry
1006		above about check_relay being invoked with ${client_name}.
1007	CONFIG: New option confREJECT_LOG_INTERVAL to specify the log
1008		interval when refusing connections for this long.
1009	CONFIG: Remove quotes around usage of confREJECT_MSG; in some cases
1010		this requires a change in a mc file.  Requested by
1011		Ted Roberts of Electronic Data Systems.
1012	CONFIG: New option confAUTH_REALM to set the authentication realm
1013		that is passed to the Cyrus SASL library.  Patch from
1014		Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
1015	CONFIG: Rename the (internal) classes {tls}/{src} to {Tls}/{Src}
1016		to follow the naming conventions.
1017	CONFIG: Add a third optional argument to local_lmtp to specify
1018		the A= argument.
1019	CONFIG: Remove the f flag from the default mailer flags of
1020		local_lmtp.
1021	CONFIG: New option confREQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC to turn off the compile
1022		time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime.
1023	CONFIG: New LOCAL_UUCP macro to insert rules into the generated
1024		cf file at the same place where MAILER(`uucp') inserts
1025		its rules.
1026	CONFIG: New options confTO_QUEUERETURN_DSN and confTO_QUEUEWARN_DSN
1027		to control queue return and warning times for delivery
1028		status notifications.
1029	CONFIG: New option confFALLBACK_SMARTHOST to define FallbackSmartHost.
1030	CONFIG: Add the mc file which has been used to create the cf
1031		file to the end of the cf file when using make in cf/cf/.
1032		Patch from Richard Rognlie.
1033	CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) has been removed, it was a no-op since 8.9.
1034		Use ServiceSwitchFile to turn off DNS lookups, see
1035		doc/op/op.me.
1036	CONFIG: New option confMILTER_MACROS_EOM (sendmail Milter.macros.eom
1037		option) defines macros to be sent to milter applications for
1038		use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
1039	CONFIG: New option confCRL to specify file which contains
1040		certificate revocations lists.
1041	CONFIG: Add a new value (sendertoo) for the third argument to
1042		FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which will reject the SMTP
1043		MAIL From: command if the sender address doesn't exist
1044		in LDAP.  See cf/README for more information.
1045	CONFIG: Add a fifth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
1046		instructs the rulesets on whether or not to do a domain
1047		lookup if a full address lookup doesn't match.  See cf/README
1048		for more information.
1049	CONFIG: Add a sixth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
1050		instructs the rulesets on whether or not to queue the mail
1051		or give an SMTP temporary error if the LDAP server can't be
1052		reached.  See cf/README for more information.  Based on
1053		patch from Billy Ray Miller of Caterpillar.
1054	CONFIG: Experimental support for MTAMark, see cf/README for details.
1055	CONFIG: New option confMESSAGEID_HEADER to define a different
1056		Message-Id: header format.  Patch from Bastiaan Bakker
1057		of LifeLine Networks.
1058	CONTRIB: New version of cidrexpand which uses Net::CIDR.  From
1059		Derek J. Balling.
1060	CONTRIB: oldbind.compat.c has been removed due to security problems.
1061		Found by code inspection done by Reasoning, Inc.
1062	DEVTOOLS: Add an example file for devtools/Site/, contributed
1063		by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1064	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_quarantine() which allows the
1065		filter's EOM routine to quarantine the current message.
1066		Filters which use this function must include the
1067		SMFIF_QUARANTINE flag in the registered smfiDesc structure.
1068	LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421", the SMTP server
1069		will terminate the SMTP session with that error.
1070	LIBMILTER: Upon filter shutdown, libmilter will not remove a
1071		named socket in the file system if it is running as root.
1072	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_progress() which allows the filter
1073		to notify the MTA that an EOM operation is still in progress,
1074		resetting the timeout.
1075	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_opensocket() which allows the filter
1076		to attempt to establish the interface socket, and detect
1077		failure to do so before calling smfi_main().
1078	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_setmlreply() which allows the
1079		filter to return a multi-line SMTP reply.
1080	LIBMILTER: Deal with more temporary errors in accept() by ignoring
1081		them instead of stopping after too many occurred.
1082		Suggested by James Carlson of Sun Microsystems.
1083	LIBMILTER: Fix a descriptor leak in the sample program found in
1084		docs/sample.html.  Reported by Dmitry Adamushko.
1085	LIBMILTER: The sample program also needs to use SMFIF_ADDRCPT.
1086		Reported by Carl Byington of 510 Software Group.
1087	LIBMILTER: Document smfi_stop() and smfi_setdbg().  Patches
1088		from Bryan Costales.
1089	LIBMILTER: New compile time option SM_CONF_POLL; define this if
1090		poll(2) should be used instead of select(2).
1091	LIBMILTER: New function smfi_insheader() and related protocol
1092		amendments to support header insertion operations.
1093	MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for hashed mail directories, see
1094		mail.local/README.  Contributed by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
1095		Informations Services.
1096	MAILSTATS: Display quarantine message counts.
1097	MAKEMAP: Add new flag -D to specify the comment character to use
1098		instead of '#'.
1099	VACATION: Add new flag -j to auto-respond to messages regardless of
1100		whether or not the recipient is listed in the To: or Cc:
1101		headers.
1102	VACATION: Add new flag -R to specify the envelope sender address
1103		for the auto-response message.
1104	New Files:
1105		CACerts
1106		cf/feature/conncontrol.m4
1107		cf/feature/greet_pause.m4
1108		cf/feature/mtamark.m4
1109		cf/feature/ratecontrol.m4
1110		cf/feature/use_client_ptr.m4
1111		cf/ostype/unicos.m4
1112		cf/ostype/unicosmk.m4
1113		cf/ostype/unicosmp.m4
1114		contrib/socketmapClient.pl
1115		contrib/socketmapServer.pl
1116		devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
1117		devtools/OS/UNICOS-mk
1118		devtools/OS/UNICOS-mp
1119		devtools/Site/site.config.m4.sample
1120		include/sm/os/sm_os_unicos.h
1121		include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmk.h
1122		include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmp.h
1123		libmilter/docs/smfi_insheader.html
1124		libmilter/docs/smfi_progress.html
1125		libmilter/docs/smfi_quarantine.html
1126		libmilter/docs/smfi_setdbg.html
1127		libmilter/docs/smfi_setmlreply.html
1128		libmilter/docs/smfi_stop.html
1129		sendmail/ratectrl.c
1130	Deleted Files:
1131		cf/feature/nodns.m4
1132		contrib/oldbind.compat.c
1133		devtools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
1134		devtools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
1135		libsm/vsprintf.c
1136	Renamed Files:
1137		devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 => devtools/OS/Darwin.7.x
1138
11398.12.11/8.12.11	2004/01/18
1140	Use QueueFileMode when opening qf files.  This error was a
1141		regression in 8.12.10.  Problem detected and diagnosed
1142		Lech Szychowski of the Polish Power Grid Company.
1143	Properly count the number of queue runners in a work group and
1144		make sure the total limit of MaxQueueChildren is not
1145		exceeded.  Based on patch from Takayuki Yoshizawa of
1146		Techfirm, Inc.
1147	Take care of systems that can generate time values where the
1148		seconds can exceed the usual range of 0 to 59.
1149		Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
1150	Avoid regeneration of identical queue identifiers by processes
1151		whose process id is the same as that of the initial
1152		sendmail process that was used to start the daemon.
1153		Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
1154	When a milter invokes smfi_delrcpt() compare the supplied
1155		recipient address also against the printable addresses
1156		of the current list to deal with rewritten addresses.
1157		Based on patch from Sean Hanson of The Asylum.
1158	BadRcptThrottle now also works for addresses which return the
1159		error mailer, e.g., virtusertable entries with the
1160		right hand side error:.  Patch from Per Hedeland.
1161	Fix printing of 8 bit characters as octals in log messages.
1162		Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1163	Undo change of algorithm for MIME 7-bit base64 encoding to 8-bit
1164		text that has been introduced in 8.12.3.  There are some
1165		examples where the new code fails, but the old code works.
1166		To get the 8.12.3-8.12.10 version, compile sendmail with
1167		-DMIME7TO8_OLD=0.  If you have an example of improper
1168		7 to 8 bit conversion please send it to us.
1169	Return normal error code for unknown SMTP commands instead of
1170		the one specified by check_relay or a milter for a
1171		connection.  Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1172	Some ident responses contain data after the terminating CRLF which
1173		causes sendmail to log "POSSIBLE ATTACK...newline in string".
1174		To avoid this everything after LF is ignored.
1175	If the operating system supports O_EXLOCK and HASFLOCK is set
1176		then a possible race condition for creating qf files
1177		can be avoided.  Note: the race condition does not
1178		exist within sendmail, but between sendmail and an
1179		external application that accesses qf files.
1180	Log the proper options name for TLS related mising files for
1181		the CACertPath, CACertFile, and DHParameters options.
1182	Do not split an envelope if it will be discarded, otherwise df
1183		files could be left behind.  Problem found by Wolfgang
1184		Breyha.
1185	The use of the environment variables HOME and HOSTALIASES has been
1186		deprecated and will be removed in version 8.13.  This only
1187		effects configuration which preserve those variable via the
1188		'E' command in the cf file as sendmail clears out its entire
1189		environment.
1190	Portability:
1191		Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
1192		Solaris 10 has unsetenv(), patch from Craig Mohrman of
1193			Sun Microsystems.
1194	LIBMILTER: Add extra checks in case a broken MTA sends bogus data
1195		to libmilter.  Based on code review by Rob Grzywinski.
1196	SMRSH: Properly assemble commands that contain '&&' or '||'.
1197		Problem noted by Eric Lee of Talking Heads.
1198	New Files:
1199		devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
1200
12018.12.10/8.12.10	2003/09/24 (Released: 2003/09/17)
1202	SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing.  Problem
1203		detected by Michal Zalewski, patch from Todd C. Miller
1204		of Courtesan Consulting.
1205	Fix a potential buffer overflow in ruleset parsing.  This problem
1206		is not exploitable in the default sendmail configuration;
1207		only if non-standard rulesets recipient (2), final (4), or
1208		mailer-specific envelope recipients rulesets are used then
1209		a problem may occur.  Problem noted by Timo Sirainen.
1210	Accept 0 (and 0/0) as valid input for set MaxMimeHeaderLength.
1211		Problem noted by Thomas Schulz.
1212	Add several checks to avoid (theoretical) buffer over/underflows.
1213	Properly count message size when performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME
1214		conversions.  Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1215	Properly compute message priority based on size of entire message,
1216		not just header.  Problem noted by Axel Holscher.
1217	Reset SevenBitInput to its configured value between SMTP
1218		transactions for broken clients which do not properly
1219		announce 8 bit data.  Problem noted by Stefan Roehrich.
1220	Set {addr_type} during queue runs when processing recipients.
1221		Based on patch from Arne Jansen.
1222	Better error handling in case of (very unlikely) queue-id conflicts.
1223	Perform better error recovery for address parsing, e.g., when
1224		encountering a comment that is too long.  Problem noted by
1225		Tanel Kokk, Union Bank of Estonia.
1226	Add ':' to the allowed character list for bogus HELO/EHLO
1227		checking.  It is used for IPv6 domain literals.  Patch from
1228		Iwaizako Takahiro of FreeBit Co., Ltd.
1229	Reset SASL connection context after a failed authentication attempt.
1230		Based on patch from Rob Siemborski of CMU.
1231	Check Berkeley DB compile time version against run time version
1232		to make sure they match.
1233	Do not attempt AAAA (IPv6) DNS lookups if IPv6 is not enabled
1234		in the kernel.
1235	When a milter adds recipients and one of them causes an error,
1236		do not ignore the other recipients.  Problem noted by
1237		Bart Duchesne.
1238	CONFIG: Use specified SMTP error code in mailertable entries which
1239		lack a DSN, i.e., "error:### Text".  Problem noted by
1240		Craig Hunt.
1241	CONFIG: Call Local_trust_auth with the correct argument.  Patch
1242		from Jerome Borsboom.
1243	CONTRIB: Better handling of temporary filenames for doublebounce.pl
1244		and expn.pl to avoid file overwrites, etc.  Patches from
1245		Richard A. Nelson of Debian and Paul Szabo.
1246	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix obscure race condition that could lead to an
1247		improper mailbox truncation if close() fails after the
1248		mailbox is fsync()'ed and a new message is delivered
1249		after the close() and before the truncate().
1250	MAIL.LOCAL: If mail delivery fails, do not leave behind a
1251		stale lockfile (which is ignored after the lock timeout).
1252		Patch from Oleg Bulyzhin of Cronyx Plus LLC.
1253	Portability:
1254		Port for AIX 5.2.  Thanks to Steve Hubert of University
1255			of Washington for providing access to a computer
1256			with AIX 5.2.
1257		setreuid(2) works on OpenBSD 3.3.  Patch from
1258			Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
1259		Allow for custom definition of SMRSH_CMDDIR and SMRSH_PATH
1260			on all operating systems.  Patch from Robert Harker
1261			of Harker Systems.
1262		Use strerror(3) on Linux.  If this causes a problem on
1263			your Linux distribution, compile with
1264			-DHASSTRERROR=0 and tell sendmail.org about it.
1265	Added Files:
1266		devtools/OS/AIX.5.2
1267
12688.12.9/8.12.9	2003/03/29
1269	SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
1270		a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
1271		remotely exploitable.  Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
1272		Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
1273		data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
1274		includes DNS.
1275	To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
1276		8.12.9 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
1277		headers etc.  To turn off this conversion compile with
1278		-DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
1279	To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
1280		performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
1281		for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
1282		Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
1283		protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
1284		To disable the checks and return to pre-8.12.9 defaults,
1285		set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
1286	Do not complain about -ba when submitting mail.  Problem noted
1287		by Derek Wueppelmann.
1288	Fix compilation with Berkeley DB 1.85 on systems that do not
1289		have flock(2).  Problem noted by Andy Harper of Kings
1290		College London.
1291	Properly initialize data structure for dns maps to avoid various
1292		errors, e.g., looping processes.  Problem noted by
1293		Maurice Makaay of InterNLnet B.V.
1294	CONFIG: Prevent multiple application of rule to add smart host.
1295		Patch from Andrzej Filip.
1296	CONFIG: Fix queue group declaration in MAILER(`usenet').
1297	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: New option -t builds the virtusertable
1298		text file instead of the database map.
1299	Portability:
1300		Revert wrong change made in 8.12.7 and actually use the
1301			builtin getopt() version in sendmail on Linux.
1302			This can be overridden by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0
1303			in which case the OS supplied version will be used.
1304
13058.12.8/8.12.8	2003/02/11
1306	SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
1307		dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
1308		comments are too long.  Problem noted by Mark Dowd
1309		of ISS X-Force.
1310	Fix a potential non-exploitable buffer overflow in parsing the
1311		.cf queue settings and potential buffer underflow in
1312		parsing ident responses.  Problem noted by Yichen Xie of
1313		Stanford University Compilation Group.
1314	Fix ETRN #queuegroup command: actually start a queue run for
1315		the selected queue group.  Problem noted by Jos Vos.
1316	If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set and a malformed MIME header is fixed,
1317		log the fixup as "Fixed MIME header" instead of "Truncated
1318		MIME header".  Problem noted by Ian J Hart.
1319	CONFIG: Fix regression bug in proto.m4 that caused a bogus
1320		error message: "FEATURE() should be before MAILER()".
1321	MAIL.LOCAL: Be more explicit in some error cases, i.e., whether
1322		a mailbox has more than one link or whether it is not
1323		a regular file.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1324
13258.12.7/8.12.7	2002/12/29
1326	Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
1327		across various connections.  This could cause session
1328		oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
1329		to erroneously allow a connection.  Problem noted
1330		by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
1331	Do not lookup MX records when sorting the MSP queue.  The MSP
1332		only needs to relay all mail to the MTA.  Problem found
1333		by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
1334	Do not restrict the length of connection information to 100
1335		characters in some logging statements.  Problem noted by
1336		Erik Parker.
1337	When converting an enhanced status code to an exit status, use
1338		EX_CONFIG if the first digit is not 2, 4, or 5 or if *.1.5
1339		is used.
1340	Reset macro $x when receiving another MAIL command.  Problem
1341		noted by Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
1342	Don't bother setting the permissions on the build area statistics
1343		file, the proper permissions will be put on the file at
1344		install time.  This fixes installation over NFS for some
1345		users.  Problem noted by Martin J. Dellwo of 3-Dimensional
1346		Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
1347	Fix problem of decoding SASLv2 encrypted data.  Problem noted by
1348		Alex Deiter of Mobile TeleSystems, Komi Republic.
1349	Log milter socket open errors at MilterLogLevel 1 or higher instead
1350		of 11 or higher.
1351	Print early system errors to the console instead of silently
1352		exiting.  Problem noted by James Jong of IBM.
1353	Do not process a queue group if Runners is set to 0, regardless
1354		of whether F=f or sendmail is run in verbose mode (-v).
1355		The use of -qGname will still force queue group "name"
1356		to be run even if Runners=0.
1357	Change the level for logging the fact that a daemon is refusing
1358		connections due to high load from LOG_INFO to LOG_NOTICE.
1359		Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1360	Use location information for submit.cf from NetInfo
1361		(/locations/sendmail/submit.cf) if available.
1362	Re-enable ForkEachJob which was lost in 8.12.0.  Problem noted by
1363		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1364	Make behavior of /canon in debug mode consistent with usage in
1365		rulesets.  Patch from Shigeno Kazutaka of IIJ.
1366	Fix a potential memory leak in envelope splitting.  Problem noted
1367		by John Majikes of IBM.
1368	Do not try to share an mailbox database LDAP connection across
1369		different processes.  Problem noted by Randy Kunkee.
1370	Fix logging for undelivered recipients when the SMTP connection
1371		times out during message collection.  Problem noted by Neil
1372		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1373	Avoid problems with QueueSortOrder=random due to problems with
1374		qsort() on Solaris (and maybe some other operating systems).
1375		Problem noted by Stephan Schulz of Gruner+Jahr..
1376	If -f "" is specified, set the sender address to "<>".  Problem
1377		noted by Matthias Andree.
1378	Fix formatting problem of footnotes for plain text output on some
1379		versions of tmac.  Patch from Per Hedeland.
1380	Portability:
1381		Berkeley DB 4.1 support (requires at least 4.1.25).
1382		Some getopt(3) implementations in GNU/Linux are broken
1383			and pass a NULL pointer to an option which requires
1384			an argument, hence the builtin version of
1385			sendmail is used instead.  This can be overridden
1386			by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0.  Problem noted by
1387			Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
1388		Support for nph-1.2.0 from Mark D. Roth of the University
1389			of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1390		Support for FreeBSD 5.0's MAC labeling from Robert Watson
1391			of the TrustedBSD Project.
1392		Support for reading the number of processors on an IRIX
1393			system from Michel Bourget of SGI.
1394		Support for UnixWare 7.1 based on input from Larry Rosenman.
1395		Interix support from Nedelcho Stanev of Atlantic Sky
1396			Corporation.
1397		Update Mac OS X/Darwin portability from Wilfredo Sanchez.
1398	CONFIG: Enforce tls_client restrictions even if delay_checks
1399		is used.  Problem noted by Malte Starostik.
1400	CONFIG: Deal with an empty hostname created via bogus
1401		DNS entries to get around access restrictions.
1402		Problem noted by Kai Schlichting.
1403	CONFIG: Use FEATURE(`msp', `[127.0.0.1]') in submit.mc by default
1404		to avoid problems with hostname resolution for localhost
1405		which on many systems does not resolve to 127.0.0.1 (or
1406		::1 for IPv6).  If you do not use IPv4 but only IPv6 then
1407		you need to change submit.mc accordingly, see the comment
1408		in the file itself.
1409	CONFIG: Set confDONT_INIT_GROUPS to True in submit.mc to avoid
1410		error messages from initgroups(3) on AIX 4.3 when sending
1411		mail to non-existing users. Problem noted by Mark Roth of
1412		the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1413	CONFIG: Allow local_procmail to override local_lmtp settings.
1414	CONFIG: Always allow connections from 127.0.0.1 or IPv6:::1 to
1415		relay.
1416	CONTRIB: cidrexpand: Deal with the prefix tags that may be included
1417		in access_db.
1418	CONTRIB: New version of doublebounce.pl contributed by Leo Bicknell.
1419	LIBMILTER: On Solaris libmilter may get into an endless loop if
1420		an error in the communication from/to the MTA occurs.
1421		Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
1422	LIBMILTER: Ignore EINTR from sigwait(3) which may happen on Tru64.
1423		Patch from from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole
1424		Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1425	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
1426		the mailbox fails.  Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
1427		Sun Microsystems.
1428	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a potential file descriptor leak if mkstemp(3)
1429		fails.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1430	SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
1431		used for a command.  Problem noted by David Endler of
1432		iDEFENSE, Inc.
1433	New Files:
1434		devtools/OS/Interix
1435		include/sm/bdb.h
1436
14378.12.6/8.12.6	2002/08/26
1438	Do not add the FallbackMXhost (or its MX records) to the list
1439		returned by the bestmx map when -z is used as option.
1440		Otherwise sendmail may act as an open relay if FallbackMXhost
1441		and FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') are used together.
1442		Problem noted by Alexander Ignatyev.
1443	Properly split owner- mailing list messages when SuperSafe is set
1444		to interactive.  Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
1445		Courtesan Consulting.
1446	Make sure that an envelope is queued in the selected queue group
1447		even if some recipients are deleted or invalid.  Problem
1448		found by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
1449	Do not send a bounce message if a message is completely collected
1450		from the SMTP client.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
1451		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1452	Provide an 'install-submit-st' target for sendmail/Makefile to
1453		install the MSP statistics file using the file named in the
1454		confMSP_STFILE devtools variable.  Requested by Jeff
1455		Earickson of Colby College.
1456	Queue up mail with a temporary error if setusercontext() fails
1457		during a delivery attempt.  Patch from Todd C. Miller of
1458		Courtesan Consulting.
1459	Fix handling of base64 encoded client authentication data for
1460		SMTP AUTH.  Patch from Elena Slobodnik of life medien GmbH.
1461	Set the OpenLDAP option LDAP_OPT_RESTART so the client libraries
1462		restart interrupted system calls.  Problem noted by Luiz
1463		Henrique Duma of BSIOne.
1464	Prevent a segmentation fault if a program passed a NULL envp using
1465		execve().
1466	Document a problem with the counting of queue runners that may
1467		cause delays if MaxQueueChildren is set too low. Problem
1468		noted by Ian Duplisse of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc.
1469	If discarding a message based on a recipient, don't try to look up
1470		the recipient in the mailbox database if F=w is set.  This
1471		allows users to discard bogus recipients when dealing with
1472		spammers without tipping them off.  Problem noted by Neil
1473		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1474	If applying a header check to a header with unstructured data,
1475		e.g., Subject:, then do not run syntax checks that are
1476		supposed for addresses on the header content.
1477	Count messages rejected/discarded via the check_data ruleset.
1478	Portability:
1479		Fix compilation on systems which do not allow simple
1480			copying of the variable argument va_list.  Based on
1481			fix from Scott Walters.
1482		Fix NSD map open bug.  From Michel Bourget of SGI.
1483		Add some additional IRIX shells to the default shell
1484			list.  From Michel Bourget of SGI.
1485		Fix compilation issues on Mac OS X 10.2 (Darwin 6.0).
1486			NETISO support has been dropped.
1487	CONFIG: There was a seemingly minor change in 8.12.4 with respect
1488		to handling entries of IP nets/addresses with RHS REJECT.
1489		These would be rejected in check_rcpt instead of only
1490		being activated in check_relay.  This change has been made to
1491		avoid potential bogus temporary rejection of relay attempts
1492		"450 4.7.1 Relaying temporarily denied. Cannot resolve PTR
1493		record for ..." if delay_checks is enabled.  However, this
1494		modification causes a change of behavior if an IP net/address
1495		is listed in the access map with REJECT and a host/domain
1496		name is listed with OK or RELAY, hence it has been reversed
1497		such that the behavior of 8.12.3 is restored.  The original
1498		change was made on request of Neil Rickert of Northern
1499		Illinois University, the side effect has been found by
1500		Stefaan Van Hoornick.
1501	CONFIG: Make sure delay_checks works even for sender addresses
1502		using the local hostname ($j) or domains in class {P}.
1503		Based on patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
1504		University.
1505	CONFIG: Fix temporary error handling for LDAP Routing lookups.
1506		Fix from Andrzej Filip.
1507	CONTRIB: New version of etrn.pl script and external man page
1508		(etrn.0) from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1509	LIBMILTER: Protect a free(3) operation from being called with a
1510		NULL pointer.  Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1511	LIBMILTER: Protect against more interrupted select() calls.  Based
1512		on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
1513		Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1514	New Files:
1515		contrib/etrn.0
1516
15178.12.5/8.12.5	2002/06/25
1518	SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user
1519		specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration
1520		file and a rogue DNS server is queried.  None of the
1521		sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence
1522		they are not vulnerable.  Problem noted independently by
1523		Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems.
1524	Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS
1525		map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems
1526		with rogue DNS servers.
1527	Require a suboption when setting the Milter option.  Problem noted
1528		by Bryan Costales.
1529	Do not silently overwrite command line settings for
1530		DirectSubmissionModifiers.  Problem noted by Bryan
1531		Costales.
1532	Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
1533		turning off alarms before checking if event list is
1534		empty.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
1535		Polytechnic Institute.
1536	Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered
1537		file onto disk.  From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems.
1538	Portability:
1539		Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later
1540			to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by
1541			rmail and vacation.  Problem noted by Kevin
1542			A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware.
1543		NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again.  Unless
1544			the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped,
1545			8.13 will change the default locking method to
1546			fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later.  You may
1547			want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with
1548			-DHASFLOCK=0.  Be sure to update other sendmail
1549			related programs to match locking techniques.
1550
15518.12.4/8.12.4	2002/06/03
1552	SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model
1553		can leave systems open to a local denial of service
1554		attack.  Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS"
1555		section of the top level README for more information.
1556		Problem noted by lumpy.
1557	Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile
1558		instead of 0644.
1559	Change the default file permissions for new alias database files
1560		from 0644 to 0640.  This can be overridden at compile time
1561		by setting the DBMMODE macro.
1562	Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
1563		NAME is set.  Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
1564		Purdue University.
1565	Expand macros before passing them to libmilter.  Problem noted
1566		by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
1567		Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1568	Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter
1569		replaces the body of a message.  Problem noted by Gisle Aas
1570		of Active State.
1571	Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the
1572		initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554.  Patches
1573		from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1574	Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by
1575		inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength
1576		is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed.  Based on
1577		patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic).
1578	Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection
1579		is rejected anyway.  Noted by Chris Loelke.
1580	Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page.  Requested
1581		by Bill Fenner of AT&T.
1582	Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
1583		or the queue.
1584	Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to
1585		user who started sendmail.
1586	If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if
1587		the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space.  Suggested
1588		by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus.
1589	Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths
1590		if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and
1591		LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options
1592		are set.  Problem noted by Werner Spirk of
1593		Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich.
1594	Portability:
1595		Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not
1596			be able to use Milter's body replacement feature.
1597			This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX.
1598		Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be
1599			non-compliant.  Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of
1600			Charles University in Prague.
1601		The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared
1602			memory.
1603	CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map.
1604		Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1605	CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with
1606		FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail
1607		to be misaddressed.  Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1608	CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that
1609		fail for AAAA queries.  Problem noted by Chris Boyd.
1610	CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking
1611		the sender address.  This allows locally submitted mail to
1612		be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver
1613		and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself.  Problem
1614		noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project.
1615	CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode}
1616		macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used.  Problem
1617		noted by Bryan Costales.
1618	CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no
1619		matches are found.  Fix from Andrzej Filip.
1620	CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message.  Suggested
1621		by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd.
1622	CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2.  Contributed by
1623		Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1624	CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to
1625		match dnsbl change.
1626	DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file,
1627		confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially
1628		installing the sendmail statistics file.
1629	LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case
1630		a user's filter starts other applications.
1631	LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate
1632		functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL.
1633	MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from
1634		0644 to 0640.  This can be overridden at compile time
1635		by setting the DBMMODE macro.
1636	SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR.
1637		Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University.
1638	VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show
1639		bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses.  Problem
1640		noted by Bryan Costales.
1641	New Files:
1642		cf/mailer/cyrusv2.m4
1643
16448.12.3/8.12.3	2002/04/05
1645	NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups
1646		are used.  In previous versions this could cause mail
1647		not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved
1648		by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back
1649		into the right place.  Some precautions have been taken
1650		to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary.
1651		sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it
1652		may store the path of data files in queue files.  Hence
1653		queue files should not be moved unless those internals
1654		are understood and the integrity of the files is not
1655		compromised.  Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia
1656		University.
1657	If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different
1658		queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail
1659		to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is
1660		triggered.  Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen
1661		of INTERMETA.
1662	Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget
1663		running queues.  Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.
1664	Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions.
1665		Problem noted by Guy Feltin.
1666	Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter
1667		read and write timeouts.  Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of
1668		ActiveState.
1669	Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive.  Problem
1670		noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
1671	If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to
1672		the RunAsUser group.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
1673		Northern Illinois University.
1674	Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path
1675		contains a trailing slash.  Based on patch from Dirk Meyer
1676		of Dinoex.
1677	Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually
1678		4096).  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
1679		Polytechnic Institute.
1680	Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data
1681		if several mails are sent in one session and some of them
1682		do not have a From: header.  Problem noted by Bas Haakman.
1683	Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection
1684		will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero.
1685		Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University.
1686	Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection.
1687		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1688	Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure.  Based on
1689		patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1690	Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch
1691		missing arguments.
1692	Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by
1693		a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used.
1694		Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web.
1695	Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges.
1696		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1697	Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial
1698		connect fails and DialDelay is set.  Patch from Servaas
1699		Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven.
1700	Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running
1701		a set-user-ID (non-root) program.  Problem noted by Jon
1702		Lusky of ISS Atlanta.
1703	Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue
1704		directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list
1705		which has an owner- alias.  Problem noted by Anne Bennett
1706		of Concordia University.
1707	Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified.  Problem
1708		found by Mario Nigrovic.
1709	The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed
1710		incoming messages.  A leading dot is always stripped by the
1711		SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by
1712		another dot.  Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com.
1713	Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or
1714		base64 encoding to 8-bit text.  Problem noted by Mark
1715		Elvers.
1716	Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections.
1717		Instead of being the exact same number as the total number
1718		of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the
1719		total number of TCP connections.
1720	Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially
1721		non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary.
1722		Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere.
1723	Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers
1724		are used.  Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian.
1725	Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
1726		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
1727		Texas.
1728	Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421
1729		to 451.
1730	Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was
1731		only done in one place: queue group creation).  Based on
1732		patch by Bryan Costales.
1733	Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short
1734		timeouts.  Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada.
1735	Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote
1736		responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O
1737		errors.  By doing so, the host was marked as having a
1738		temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was
1739		queued for the next queue run.  Problem noted by Fletcher
1740		Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of
1741		Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU,
1742		and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1743	Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers
1744		which drop the connection instead of responding to the
1745		command).
1746	Portability:
1747		Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is
1748			available.
1749		Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X.  That platform
1750			now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR
1751			settings.  Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of
1752			Skyrr.
1753		Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin.  Problem
1754			noted by John Beck.
1755		Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0.
1756		Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX.  From
1757			Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard.
1758	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for
1759		SMTP AUTH information.  This feature was actually added in
1760		8.12.0 but a release note was not included.
1761	CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
1762		parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
1763		error.
1764	CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using
1765		FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain').  Problem noted by
1766		Krzysztof Oledzki.
1767	CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias
1768		initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP.
1769	CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp')
1770		is in use.  Patch from Andrzej Filip.
1771	CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of
1772		`localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers.
1773		This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified,
1774		i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless
1775		it is embedded in square brackets.  Problem noted by
1776		Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies.
1777	CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in
1778		submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps.  This is a compromise
1779		to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the
1780		default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog
1781		time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the
1782		user's $TZ setting.  Problem noted by Mark Roth of the
1783		University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed
1784		by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1785	CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID
1786		binary.  Adjust local mailer flags accordingly.  Problem
1787		noted by John Beck.
1788	CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around
1789		if queue groups are used.
1790	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild.
1791	CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket.
1792	CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command.
1793		Suggested by Bryan Costales.
1794	DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs.
1795	LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket
1796		structure that is passed to xxfi_connect().  Notice:
1797		this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have
1798		this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port
1799		values depending on the endianness of the involved systems.
1800		Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState.
1801	LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but
1802		SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply.  Do the
1803		same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned.
1804	LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as
1805		required by mfapi.h.  Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins
1806		da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1807	LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define.  Set
1808		this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include
1809		ldap_memfree().
1810	LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
1811		and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
1812	SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems.  Problem
1813		noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH.
1814	VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases.  Based
1815		on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California,
1816		San Francisco.
1817	VACATION: Don't ignore -C option.  Based on patch by Bryan Costales.
1818	VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page.  Problem noted by
1819		Joe Barbish.
1820	New Files:
1821		libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html
1822
18238.12.2/8.12.2	2002/01/13
1824	Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing
1825		at startup, only log an error message.
1826	Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character
1827		following -b) has been specified.
1828	Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the
1829		permissions or owner of hoststatus files.  Problem noted
1830		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1831	Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status.
1832		Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat
1833		Regensburg.
1834	Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent
1835		SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command.
1836		Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico
1837		Institute of Mining and Technology.
1838	Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body
1839		chunk sent by a filter.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
1840		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1841	In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in
1842		the message size calculation.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
1843		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1844	Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon
1845		needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes.
1846		Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
1847	Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad
1848		commands are issued.  This makes it consistent with normal
1849		SMTP connections.
1850	Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections.  Problem noted by
1851		William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining
1852		and Technology.
1853	Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the
1854		message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822
1855		source route.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1856		Meteorological Institute.
1857	Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address
1858		parsing.  Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web
1859		Online.
1860	For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize
1861		that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile
1862		time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF,
1863		and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for
1864		regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file
1865		types, respectively.
1866	Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at
1867		exactly the same time.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks
1868		of Virginia Tech.
1869	Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the
1870		alias file, not just for include/.forward files.
1871		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1872	Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup.
1873		Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1874	Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same
1875		process are closed.  Patch from Taso N. Devetzis.
1876	If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected
1877		directories.  Patch from Alexander Talos of the University
1878		of Vienna.
1879	Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks.  Patch from David Powell
1880		of Sun Microsystems.
1881	Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset.
1882		This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client
1883		with servers that do not support realms when using
1884		CRAM-MD5.  Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin.
1885	Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the
1886		server gets stuck while processing that command.  Problem
1887		noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
1888	In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during
1889		command line invocations log them to make it simpler
1890		to understand possible DSNs to postmaster.
1891	Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set.
1892	Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections
1893		instead of forcing localhost.
1894	Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and
1895		submit.cf.  Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig.
1896	Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1.  Problem
1897		noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1898	If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly
1899		dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop
1900		sending commands.  This prevents bogus "Bad file number"
1901		recipient status.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
1902		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1903	Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's
1904		almost always too small; do not guess the size at all.
1905	New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC.  Requested by James Seagraves of
1906		Compaq Computer Corp.
1907	Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works
1908		properly.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia
1909		Tech.
1910	Portability:
1911		Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X.  Based on
1912			patch provided by HP.
1913		Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a
1914			working seteuid() call.  From Daniel J. Luke.
1915		Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX.  From Ganu
1916			Sachin of Siemens.
1917		Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX.
1918		Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11.  This
1919			fixes a problem that caused additional bogus
1920			characters to be written to the qf file.  Problem
1921			noted by Tapani Tarvainen.
1922		Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare.  Problem noted
1923			by Boyd Lynn Gerber.
1924		Add support for HP MPE/iX.  See sendmail/README for port
1925			information.  From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
1926		New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON,
1927			USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK.  See sendmail/README
1928			for more information.  From Mark Bixby of
1929			Hewlett-Packard.
1930		If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space
1931			(SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space.
1932			From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
1933		Add support for AIX 5.1.  From Valdis Kletnieks of
1934			Virginia Tech.
1935		Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP.  From Hisanori Gogota
1936			of the NTT/InterCommunication Center.
1937		Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string.
1938			Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1939	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed
1940		UUCP from the base operating system.  From Mark Murray of
1941		FreeBSD Services, Ltd.
1942	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX
1943		systems.  From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
1944	CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers.
1945		Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of
1946		Florida.
1947	CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4.  Problem noted by
1948		Altin Waldmann.
1949	CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and
1950		confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp).  From Mark Bixby of
1951		Hewlett-Packard.
1952	LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after
1953		libmilter terminated.  Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev
1954		of MSFU.
1955	LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking.
1956		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
1957		Institute.
1958	LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX.  Patch from Larry Rosenman.
1959	LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt
1960		to free memory twice.
1961	LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library.
1962		Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley
1963		of Sun Microsystems.
1964	LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when
1965		terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP
1966		example code.  Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the
1967		University of Athens.
1968	New Files:
1969		cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf
1970		cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc
1971		cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4
1972		cf/ostype/mpeix.m4
1973		devtools/OS/AIX.5.1
1974		devtools/OS/MPE-iX
1975		include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h
1976		libsm/mpeix.c
1977
19788.12.1/8.12.1	2001/10/01
1979	SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded
1980		to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by
1981		supplying bogus data.  Add configuration options for
1982		different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid.  Problem
1983		found by Michal Zalewski.
1984	PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra
1985		privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag)
1986		during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is
1987		used.  Suggested by Michal Zalewski.
1988	Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files.
1989		Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
1990	Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP
1991		delivery.  LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or
1992		STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets.
1993	If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default
1994		values for configuration file and pid file but also the
1995		selected values.  Problem noted by Brad Chapman.
1996	Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL
1997		errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time
1998		if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set.  Previously
1999		this only applied to hostname canonification.  Problem
2000		noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research.
2001	Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
2002		canonical name for a host.
2003	When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command
2004		line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.)  to mail submission
2005		operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.).  Idea based on
2006		suggestion from Michal Zalewski.
2007	Portability:
2008		AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version.
2009			`uname` does not given complete information.
2010			Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna
2011			Aircraft Company.
2012		OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local).
2013			Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX.
2014		Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass
2015			integers.  Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
2016			Courtesan Consulting.
2017	CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize
2018		problems with potential misconfigurations.
2019	CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount.  Problem
2020		noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and
2021		Technology Organisation of Australia.
2022	CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case
2023		of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists
2024		then use it.
2025	LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h.  Problem noted by
2026		Richard A. Nelson of Debian.
2027	LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it.  Problem noted
2028		by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
2029	LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
2030		and vacation.
2031	MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
2032		not contain a value for a key.  Based on patch from
2033		Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
2034	New Files:
2035		test/Build
2036		test/Makefile
2037		test/Makefile.m4
2038		test/README
2039		test/t_dropgid.c
2040		test/t_setgid.c
2041	Deleted Files:
2042		include/sm/stdio.h
2043		include/sm/sysstat.h
2044
20458.12.0/8.12.0	2001/09/08
2046	*NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use
2047		set-user-ID root anymore.  You need to create a new user and
2048		a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by
2049		default).  The installation process tries to install
2050		/etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by
2051		default.  Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details.
2052	SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include:
2053		files.  These checks can be turned off if absolutely
2054		necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new
2055		flags:
2056			GroupWritableForwardFile
2057			WorldWritableForwardFile
2058			GroupWritableIncludeFile
2059			WorldWritableIncludeFile
2060		Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska,
2061	SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode.  Suggested
2062		by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
2063		(IdS).
2064	Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump
2065		point where the variable could become overused for more than
2066		one timeout concurrently.  This erroneous behavior resulted in
2067		a corrupted stack causing a core dump.  The timeout is now
2068		handled via libsm.  Problem noted by Michael Shapiro,
2069		John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems.
2070	If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission
2071		checks (group ID of RunAsUser).  This allows use of a
2072		set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission
2073		and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed.  For details
2074		see sendmail/SECURITY.
2075	Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label.
2076		Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc.
2077	If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf
2078		with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file.  See
2079		sendmail/SECURITY.
2080	New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue
2081		files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID
2082		sendmail binary.  See sendmail/SECURITY.
2083	The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default),
2084		-bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it
2085		is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible).  This selection
2086		can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf
2087		file: client or mta).  See sendmail/SECURITY.
2088	The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command.  The ONEX
2089		command has been removed.
2090	Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920.  It can be turned off
2091		at compile time or per host (ruleset).
2092	New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database
2093		used to look up local mail recipients; the default value
2094		is "pw", which means to use getpwnam().  New mailbox database
2095		types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c.
2096	Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters
2097		long, to accomodate envelope splitting.  File systems with
2098		a 14 character file name length limit are no longer
2099		supported.
2100	Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by
2101		hostsignature (character string version of MX RR).  This orders
2102		recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller
2103		portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole
2104		list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking.  The
2105		significance of the change is better the larger the recipient
2106		list.  Hostsignature is now created during recipient list
2107		creation rather than just before delivery.
2108	Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking.  Previous
2109		piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail
2110		piggybacking.  Rather than complete MX RR matching
2111		(coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value
2112		preference matches (coattail).
2113	If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will
2114		try other MX hosts if available.
2115	DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for
2116		outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication.
2117	New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable
2118		AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions).  Based
2119		on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
2120	Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used.
2121	A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side
2122		authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo.
2123		Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be
2124		removed in future versions.
2125	Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554
2126		requires 334.  Mercury 1.48 is a known offender.
2127	Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength
2128		for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).  See
2129		doc/op/op.me for details.
2130	Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject},
2131		{cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that
2132		signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash
2133		of the presented certificate, respectively.
2134	New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS.
2135	New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the
2136		server per connection.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
2137	New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular
2138		recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure
2139		enough on a per recipient basis.
2140	New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server
2141		for STARTTLS.
2142	If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the
2143		value "NOT".
2144	New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off
2145		using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail.
2146	Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file.
2147		Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2148	Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if
2149		really required.  This change results in a noticable
2150		performance gains on most machines.  Moreover, if shared
2151		memory is in use, reuse the key several times.
2152	Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with
2153		the same behavior together.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
2154	If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater
2155		than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they
2156		are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope
2157		splitting.  If the mail is submitted directly from the
2158		command line, then the value also limits the number of
2159		processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are
2160		created they are only queued up and must be taken care of
2161		by a queue run.
2162	The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file
2163		system each queue directory resides in.
2164	All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent.
2165	New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files.
2166	Add parallel queue runner code.  Allows multiple queue runners per work
2167		group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment
2168		collected together) to process the same work list at the
2169		same time.
2170	Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently
2171		active queue runner processes.
2172	New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue
2173		runners per queue group.
2174	Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows
2175		the pattern to be negated.  For -qI, -qR and -qS it is
2176		permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members
2177		of the queue that match during processing.
2178	New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of
2179		periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single
2180		child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue
2181		runs.  A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this
2182		persistent queue runner.
2183	The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a
2184		sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval:
2185		sendmail -q15m).
2186	New option NiceQueueRun	to set the priority of queue runners.
2187		Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
2188	sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q
2189		unless the new -qf option or -v is used.
2190	QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if
2191		several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention.
2192	QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time
2193		of the qf file (older entries first).
2194	Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows
2195		a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail
2196		should be delivered.  New option DeliverByMin added to set the
2197		minimum amount of time or disable the extension.
2198	Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are
2199		not allowed unless escaped or quoted.
2200	Add support for a generic DNS map.  Based on a patch contributed
2201		by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on
2202		work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer
2203		Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of
2204		Technology, Stockholm, Sweden.
2205	MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost.  To use the old
2206		behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets.
2207		Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
2208	Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used
2209		for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set
2210		via SharedMemoryKey.  This minimizes the number of system
2211		calls to check the available space.  See doc/op/op.me for
2212		details.
2213	If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print
2214		the number of entries in the queue(s).
2215	Enable generic mail filter API (milter).  See libmilter/README
2216		and the usual documentation for details.
2217	Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10.
2218	Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as
2219		announced in 8.10.
2220	Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR.  Use an MSA instead.
2221	New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is
2222		an envelope sender or recipient address.  Suggested by
2223		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2224	Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout),
2225		-r (number of retries).
2226	New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a
2227		separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute
2228		and value separated by the given separator.
2229	Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and)
2230		to map class arith.
2231	If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces''
2232		(errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped.
2233	New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and
2234		GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files.
2235	New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax
2236		requirements for files containing secret keys.  This is
2237		necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used.
2238	Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for
2239		filenames with spaces).
2240	Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames.
2241	Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc:
2242		{if_name_out}	hostname of interface of outgoing connection.
2243		{if_addr_out}	address of interface of outgoing connection.
2244		{if_family_out}	family of interface of outgoing connection.
2245		The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong
2246		to the loopback net.
2247	Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients.
2248	DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'.  Patch from
2249		Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
2250	New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for
2251		an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command.
2252	New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for
2253		all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed.
2254	Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once
2255		a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option
2256		BadRcptThrottle).  From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD
2257		Development Group.
2258	New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages
2259		exceeds the specified value.  The default of 0 does not
2260		change the previous behavior.  A value greater than 0
2261		will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most
2262		SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that
2263		load average is exceeded.
2264	Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of
2265		recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer.
2266		This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines
2267		the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100).
2268		Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2269	Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0').
2270	Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead.
2271	The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone.  Use [IPC]
2272		instead.
2273	IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC]
2274		builtin mailer pathnames.  Use TCP instead.
2275	PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the
2276		old libqiapi library.  Contributed by Mark Roth of the
2277		University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2278	New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags}
2279		for direct (command line) submissions.
2280	New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in
2281		case of failures.  Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun
2282		Hagino of the KAME Project.
2283	Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers
2284		whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:.
2285		Proposed by Andrzej Filip.
2286	Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing
2287		STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level
2288		9 or higher.  Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP
2289		AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries.
2290	Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format
2291		before logging.
2292	Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given
2293		(at LogLevel 9/10 or higher).
2294	Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher.
2295	Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections
2296		in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or
2297		TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway.
2298	Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for
2299		DSNs ("old id: new id: clone").  Suggested by Ulrich Windl
2300		of the Universitat Regensburg.
2301	Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including
2302		assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories,
2303		exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools,
2304		portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O
2305		package.  It will at some point replace libsmutil.
2306		See libsm/index.html for details.
2307	Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken
2308		care of by fork() and exit().
2309	Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls.  Allows for
2310		more consistent portablity amongst different platforms
2311		new and old (from new libsm).
2312	Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two
2313		('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf').
2314	Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's.
2315	New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used
2316		together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk
2317		synchronizations calls.
2318	Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output.
2319	T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail.
2320	When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS"
2321		too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info).
2322	sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories.
2323		See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me
2324		for details.
2325	Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors
2326		such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses.  The DSNs
2327		generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform).
2328		Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
2329	Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error
2330		mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the
2331		SMTP dialogue.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2332	Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems
2333		that do not have postmaster defined.  If an email was sent
2334		from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and
2335		in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable,
2336		then that email had been delivered in each queue run.
2337		Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita
2338		degli Studi dell'Insubria.
2339	The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed,
2340		i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now.
2341	Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and
2342		higher.  Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
2343	New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA.  When
2344		attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers
2345		will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6)
2346		lookups.  If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new
2347		flag.  Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and
2348		Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at
2349		Urbana-Champaign.
2350	Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}().  Problem
2351		noted by Joy Latten of IBM.
2352	ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second
2353		to each daemon individually, not the overall number of
2354		connections.
2355	Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force
2356		sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the
2357		``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of
2358		cf/README.
2359	Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command.  If
2360		the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a
2361		'|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the
2362		rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup.  This
2363		allows classes to be filled via a map lookup.  See op.me
2364		for more syntax information.  Specifically, this can be
2365		used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read
2366		the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR
2367		ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an
2368		example).
2369	The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for
2370		the default schema used in the above two items.
2371	Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a
2372		warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class
2373		(e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path.
2374	Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning
2375		if a program being run from a mailer or file class
2376		(e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable.
2377	Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w}
2378		hostnames.  Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback"
2379		(without quotes) will disable this and return to the
2380		pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces.
2381		Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC.
2382	In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple
2383		HELO/EHLO commands.
2384	Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each
2385		possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing
2386		connections.  Restrictions placed on one family only affect
2387		outgoing connections on that particular family.  Because of
2388		this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the
2389		connection is established.  Based on patch from Motonori
2390		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2391	PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges
2392		when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root
2393		nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases,
2394		forwards, or :include: files.  It also will override the -v
2395		(verbose) command line option.
2396	If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface
2397		address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall
2398		back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set).
2399		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2400	New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input:
2401		number of recipients).  Based on patch from Mark Roth of
2402		the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2403	Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985.  The queue group
2404		can be specified using the '#' option character.  For
2405		example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'.
2406	If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the
2407		current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback
2408		servers.  Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of
2409		British Columbia.
2410	Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501
2411		because 501 is not allowed on all commands.
2412	The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be
2413		replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
2414		and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail
2415		if required.
2416	The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed.  Use the ldap map
2417		class instead.
2418	Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the
2419		"IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly.  For example,
2420		if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to
2421		class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4].
2422	Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the
2423		MTA is running.  For example, during a queue run.
2424	Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the
2425		RES_USE_INET6 resolver option.  Based on patch from Rick
2426		Nelson of IBM.
2427	The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too
2428		many "light weight" commands have been received are now
2429		configurable during compile time.  The current values and
2430		their defaults are:
2431		    MAXBADCOMMANDS	25	unknown commands
2432		    MAXNOOPCOMMANDS	20	NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
2433		    MAXHELOCOMMANDS	3	HELO, EHLO
2434		    MAXVRFYCOMMANDS	6	VRFY, EXPN
2435		    MAXETRNCOMMANDS	8	ETRN
2436		Setting a value to 0 disables the check.  Patch from Bryan
2437		Costales of SL3D, Inc.
2438	The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if
2439		${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty.
2440	Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used
2441		in headers.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2442		Meteorological Institute.
2443	Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce
2444		messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses
2445		which are not delivered on the initial attempt.
2446	Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after
2447		the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future
2448		deliveries.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2449	New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for
2450		file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory
2451		if the meta-data in it has been changed.  This should be
2452		set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux.
2453		See sendmail/README for further information.
2454	Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if
2455		sendmail is signaled to terminate.  Problem noted by
2456		Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
2457	Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the
2458		envelope is initialized.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
2459		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2460	Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue.  Fix
2461		from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink.
2462	Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of
2463		temporary errors.  Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of
2464		flora.ca.
2465	Portability:
2466		Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character
2467			filenames and is outdated anyway.  Suggested by
2468			Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2469		Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR,
2470			i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group
2471			of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set
2472			optimization limit to 0 (unlimited).  Based on patch
2473			from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari
2474			Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2475		Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under
2476			Solaris 8 and later.
2477		Add support for OpenUNIX.
2478	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10.
2479	CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf.
2480	CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc.
2481	CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt).
2482	CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with
2483		temporary lookup failures.
2484	CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default
2485		action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names
2486		or IP nets.
2487	CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or
2488		relay address as long as the other part allows the email
2489		to get through.
2490	CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter
2491		"%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an
2492		entry like user+*@domain.  This allows handling of details by
2493		using %1%3 as the RHS.  Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been
2494		introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses.
2495	CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed
2496		and hence there is no required order within the MAILER
2497		section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come
2498		after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used.
2499	CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G}
2500		(GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated
2501		as canonical.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2502	CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup
2503		in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually
2504		terminates check_* ruleset checking.
2505	CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset
2506		tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details.
2507	CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether
2508		STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version}
2509		cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})".
2510	CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks')
2511		options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable
2512		specification of whole domains instead of just users.
2513		Notice: this change is not backward compatible.
2514		Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
2515	CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see
2516		cf/README for details.
2517	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in
2518		the access map.  Proposed by Randall Winchester of the
2519		University of Maryland.
2520	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for
2521		the local mailer.  Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online.
2522	CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default
2523		messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access
2524		map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively.
2525	CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument
2526		to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one.
2527		Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem
2528		Solving.
2529	CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific
2530		options, see doc/op/op.me for details.
2531	CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for
2532		the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).
2533	CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated
2534		immediately.
2535	CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which
2536		allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups.
2537		See cf/README for details.
2538	CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for
2539		temporary lookup failures.
2540	CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for
2541		Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension.
2542	CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared
2543		memory use.
2544	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting
2545		of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the
2546		string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain,
2547		in the access map.  Based on code contributed by Mathias
2548		Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd.
2549	CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user
2550		file.  Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2551	CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered
2552		via LMTP.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2553	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of
2554		the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used.
2555	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the
2556		+detail portion of the address when passing address to
2557		local delivery agent.  Disables alias and .forward +detail
2558		stripping.  Only use if LDA supports this.
2559	CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl').
2560	CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE()
2561		which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP
2562		Routing lookups.  Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the
2563		masquerade domain name for lookups.  See cf/README for
2564		additional details.
2565	CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
2566		instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being
2567		looked up has +detail information.  See cf/README for more
2568		information.
2569	CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look
2570		up the new routing address/host in the mailertable.  Based
2571		on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau.
2572	CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing
2573		is in use and the bounce option is enabled.  Only reject
2574		recipients as user unknown.
2575	CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map
2576		features.  See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS''
2577		section of cf/README for more information.
2578	CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster}
2579		macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING
2580		LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''.
2581	CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(),
2582		which takes the options as argument and can be used
2583		multiple times; see cf/README for details.
2584	CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options:
2585		confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE		BadRcptThrottle
2586		confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS	DirectSubmissionModifiers
2587		confMAILBOX_DATABASE		MailboxDatabase
2588		confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN		MaxQueueChildren
2589		confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE	MaxRunnersPerQueue
2590		confNICE_QUEUE_RUN		NiceQueueRun
2591		confQUEUE_FILE_MODE		QueueFileMode
2592		confFAST_SPLIT			FastSplit
2593		confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS		TLSSrvOptions
2594		See above (and related documentation) for further information.
2595	CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options:
2596		confTO_ACONNECT		Timeout.aconnect
2597		confTO_AUTH		Timeout.auth
2598		confTO_LHLO		Timeout.lhlo
2599		confTO_STARTTLS		Timeout.starttls
2600	CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API:
2601		confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS		InputMailFilters
2602		confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL		Milter.LogLevel
2603		confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT	Milter.macros.connect
2604		confMILTER_MACROS_HELO		Milter.macros.helo
2605		confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM	Milter.macros.envfrom
2606		confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT	Milter.macros.envrcpt
2607		Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and
2608		MAIL_FILTER().  See libmilter/README, cf/README, and
2609		doc/op/op.me for details.
2610	CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains.
2611		See cf/README for details.  Based on patch by Motonori
2612		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2613	CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the
2614		dequote map.
2615	CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups.
2616	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based
2617		on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient.
2618	CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed
2619		by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly.  For
2620		example, if you want to use the IPv6 address
2621		2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need
2622		to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side.
2623		This affects the access database as well as the
2624		relay-domains and local-host-names files.
2625	CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux).
2626	CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST.
2627	CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading
2628		exceptions from a file.  Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of
2629		Mississippi State University.
2630	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users
2631		(LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file.
2632	CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4
2633		which allows to lookup error codes in the access map.
2634		Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2635	DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library
2636		files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP,
2637		confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN.
2638	DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off
2639		installation of the the formatted man pages on operating
2640		systems which don't include cat directories.
2641	EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap.
2642	MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
2643		local mail recipients.  New option -D mbdb specifies the
2644		mailbox database type.
2645	MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to
2646		deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home
2647		directory instead of the system mail spool area.  Based on
2648		patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net.
2649	MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but
2650		doesn't truncate the statistics file.
2651	MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter
2652		instead of white space.
2653	RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
2654		submission.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2655		Meteorological Institute.
2656	SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later.
2657	VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to
2658		auto-replied.  From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
2659	VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout
2660		instead of syslog.
2661	VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login
2662		in the password file.  The -f and -m options must be used
2663		to specify the database and message file since there is no
2664		home directory for the default settings for these options.
2665	VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
2666		local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option
2667		from the sendmail.cf file.  New option -C cffile which
2668		specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file.
2669	New Directories:
2670		libmilter/docs
2671	New Files:
2672		cf/cf/README
2673		cf/cf/submit.cf
2674		cf/cf/submit.mc
2675		cf/feature/authinfo.m4
2676		cf/feature/compat_check.m4
2677		cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4
2678		cf/feature/msp.m4
2679		cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4
2680		cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4
2681		cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4
2682		cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4
2683		cf/feature/queuegroup.m4
2684		cf/sendmail.schema
2685		contrib/dnsblaccess.m4
2686		devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4
2687		devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386
2688		editmap/*
2689		include/sm/*
2690		libsm/*
2691		libsmutil/cf.c
2692		libsmutil/err.c
2693		sendmail/SECURITY
2694		sendmail/TUNING
2695		sendmail/bf.c
2696		sendmail/bf.h
2697		sendmail/sasl.c
2698		sendmail/sm_resolve.c
2699		sendmail/sm_resolve.h
2700		sendmail/tls.c
2701	Deleted Files:
2702		cf/feature/rbl.m4
2703		cf/ostype/aix2.m4
2704		devtools/OS/AIX.2
2705		include/sendmail/cdefs.h
2706		include/sendmail/errstring.h
2707		include/sendmail/useful.h
2708		libsmutil/errstring.c
2709		sendmail/bf_portable.c
2710		sendmail/bf_portable.h
2711		sendmail/bf_torek.c
2712		sendmail/bf_torek.h
2713		sendmail/clock.c
2714	Renamed Files:
2715		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc
2716		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf
2717		cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4
2718
27198.11.7/8.11.7	2003/03/29
2720	SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
2721		dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
2722		comments are too long.  Problem noted by Mark Dowd
2723		of ISS X-Force.
2724	SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
2725		a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
2726		remotely exploitable.  Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
2727		Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
2728		data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
2729		includes DNS.
2730	To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
2731		8.11.7 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
2732		headers etc.  To turn off this conversion compile with
2733		-DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
2734	To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
2735		performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
2736		for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
2737		Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
2738		protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
2739		To disable the checks and return to pre-8.11.7 defaults,
2740		set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
2741	Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
2742		across various connections.  This could cause session
2743		oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
2744		to erroneously allow a connection.  Problem noted
2745		by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
2746	Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
2747		canonical name for a host.
2748	Fix a memory leak when closing Hesiod maps.
2749	Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
2750		or the queue.
2751	Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
2752		turning off alarms before checking if event list is
2753		empty.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
2754		Polytechnic Institute.
2755	Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
2756		NAME is set.  Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
2757		Purdue University.
2758	Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
2759		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
2760		Texas.
2761	CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
2762		parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
2763		error.
2764	CONFIG: Fix a syntax error in the try_tls ruleset if
2765		FEATURE(`access_db') is not enabled.
2766	LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
2767		and vacation.
2768	LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
2769		and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
2770	MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
2771		not contain a value for a key.  Based on patch from
2772		Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
2773	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
2774		the mailbox fails.  Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
2775		Sun Microsystems.
2776	SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
2777		used for a command.  Problem noted by David Endler of
2778		iDEFENSE, Inc.
2779
27808.11.6/8.11.6	2001/08/20
2781	SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying
2782		out-of-bounds debug parameters.  Problem detected by
2783		Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus.
2784	Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs.  This could
2785		happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been
2786		scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout
2787		is reached such that several DSNs are sent next.  Problem
2788		noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard.
2789	Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many
2790		wildcard operators in a rule.  Problem detected by
2791		Werner Wiethege.
2792	Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups.  Problem
2793		noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca
2794
27958.11.5/8.11.5	2001/07/31
2796	Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart
2797		the daemon.  This could terminate the current process without
2798		starting a new daemon.  Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha
2799		of SE Netway Communications.
2800	Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or
2801		the command line.  Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
2802	When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system
2803		which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back
2804		to looking up only IPv4 addresses.  Problem noted by Tim
2805		Bosserman of EarthLink.
2806	When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP
2807		Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response.
2808	Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using
2809		IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be
2810		forged".  Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo
2811		University College.
2812	Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM.  Problem noted by
2813		Greg King of the OAO Corporation.
2814	Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent
2815		out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent.
2816		Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope
2817		"header".  Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the
2818		University at Albany.
2819	Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem
2820		noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
2821	Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override
2822		their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O
2823		Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts
2824		to 2 days.  Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese.
2825	Portability:
2826		BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation.  Problem
2827			noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
2828		BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?).
2829			Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
2830		BSD/OS has fchown(2).  Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline
2831			2000 Internet Solutions Inc.
2832		Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3).  From Sebastian
2833			Hagedorn of Cologne University.
2834	CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses
2835		(user@[IPv6:address]).  Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou.
2836
28378.11.4/8.11.4	2001/05/28
2838	Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap
2839		corruption and other potential race conditions.
2840		Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be
2841		instantaneous due to this change.  Also, non-root users can
2842		no longer send out-of-band signals.  Problem reported by
2843		Michal Zalewski of BindView.
2844	If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an
2845		encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption
2846		strength.  Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol.
2847	If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is
2848		different in those two lines, sendmail might not have
2849		recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms.
2850	Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3.  Patch
2851		from Kenji Miyake.
2852	This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding
2853		QueueDirectory wildcards.
2854	If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close
2855		the same map again while exiting.
2856	Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via
2857		LMTP).  Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University
2858		of Tuebingen.
2859	If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took
2860		to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce
2861		message would be lost.  Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of
2862		Oklahoma State University.
2863	Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex
2864		and prog map types.  Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of
2865		InTouch Systems, Inc.
2866	When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the
2867		other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection
2868		to the LDAP server.  Patch from Victor Duchovni of
2869		Morgan Stanley.
2870	To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the
2871		.pag file instead of the .dir file.  Problem noted by Neil
2872		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2873	Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent.  Patch
2874		from Werner Wiethege.
2875	If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket
2876		with the family set in that option.  Patch from Sean Farley.
2877	Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer
2878		when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty
2879		recipient list.  Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
2880		Internet Services.
2881	Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces.  Problem noticed by Ulrich
2882		Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
2883	Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces.  Problem noticed by
2884		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2885	Portability:
2886		OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation.
2887	CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back
2888		to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS.
2889	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X.
2890	DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source
2891		file name argument.  Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2892		Meteorological Institute.
2893	DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD
2894		since it generates random process ids.
2895	PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings
2896		of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0').
2897		Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2898	New Files:
2899		cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4
2900
29018.11.3/8.11.3	2001/02/27
2902	Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the
2903		LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus
2904		option was used.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
2905		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2906	Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which
2907		could be too long if the last copied character was a quote.
2908		Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers
2909		communications consulting gmbh.
2910	Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses.  Patch from
2911		Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2912	Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions
2913		Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the
2914		connection came in from the command line.
2915	Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions
2916		Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set.  Patch from
2917		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2918	Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in
2919		check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure.
2920	Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk
2921		when they were committed.
2922	Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command.
2923		Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch.
2924	Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set
2925		to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may
2926		cause some rulesets to return wrong results.  This would
2927		usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on.
2928	Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A=
2929		equate.  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
2930		University.
2931	Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially
2932		fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before
2933		accept() completes.
2934	Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be
2935		opened where the "354" reply would normally be given.
2936	Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist
2937		in a queue run.  Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo
2938		Wellcome.
2939	If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL,
2940		note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing
2941		"Deferred".  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
2942		University.
2943	If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully
2944		qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the
2945		hostname.  Problem noted by David Bremner of the
2946		University of New Brunswick.
2947	Portability:
2948		Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO
2949			is in use.  Problem noted by Auteria Wally
2950			Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition.
2951		IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME.  Patch from
2952			Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2953		OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3).  OpenBSD 2.8 and
2954			higher has BSDI-style login classes.  Patch from
2955			Todd C.  Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
2956		Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if
2957			sendmail is being compiled with -kthread.  Problem
2958			noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc.
2959	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and
2960		current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files.
2961	DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations.
2962		Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
2963	MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems
2964		storing the temporary message file until after the remote
2965		side has sent the final DATA termination dot.  Problem
2966		noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
2967		Institute.
2968	MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users
2969		are also specified on the command line.  Patch from
2970		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2971	PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on
2972		database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree).
2973	Renamed Files:
2974		devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x
2975
29768.11.2/8.11.2	2000/12/29
2977	Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in
2978		address test mode due to a negative array index.  Audit
2979		other array indexing.  This bug is not believed to be
2980		exploitable.  Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
2981		Schools" project (IdS).
2982	Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using
2983		address test mode.  This will be turned on in 8.12. It can
2984		be enabled by compiling with:
2985		APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS')
2986		in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file.  Suggested by
2987		Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
2988	Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have
2989		caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5.
2990	When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read
2991		enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the
2992		sort sub-optimal.  Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of
2993		Colby College.
2994	Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per
2995		RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value.
2996	Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started.
2997		This implies that every change to SASL related files requires
2998		a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL
2999		mechanisms (in form of shared libraries).
3000	Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for
3001		a cached connection.  Bug reported by Michael Kellen of
3002		NxNetworks, Inc.
3003	Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the
3004		client name.
3005	Include original length of bad field/header when reporting
3006		MaxMimeHeaderLength problems.  Requested by Ulrich Windl of
3007		the Universitat Regensburg.
3008	Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in
3009		DeliveryMode queue.  Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the
3010		University of Arizona.
3011	Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag.  Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano
3012		of Collective Technologies.
3013	Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers
3014		to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly.
3015		Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet
3016		Engineering.
3017	Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer
3018		definition.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3019		Meteorological Institute.
3020	Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses.  Patch from
3021		Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3022	Fix return values for IRIX nsd map.  From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3023		Meteorological Institute.
3024	Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions.  Read all
3025		of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to
3026		interpret Addr= and Port=.  Problem noted by Valdis
3027		Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3028	When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call
3029		initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information.
3030		Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF.
3031	RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if
3032		created.  Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon
3033		close.  Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
3034	Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of
3035		overall connections, not the number of connections per
3036		socket.  A future version may change this to per socket
3037		counting.
3038	Portability:
3039		Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms
3040			where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t).  Problem
3041			noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS.
3042		Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris'
3043			whatis.  From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc.
3044		UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support.  From Larry
3045			Rosenman.
3046		IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME.  Patch from
3047			Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3048		Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and
3049			Solaris 2.5 or earlier.  Problem noted by Bob Hughes
3050			of Pacific Access.
3051		Add preliminary support for AIX 5.  Contributed by
3052			Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3053		Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun
3054			Microsystems.
3055	CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r')
3056		is used.  Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online,
3057		patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3058	CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for
3059		FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org.
3060	CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e.,
3061		implicitly assume canonical host names.
3062	CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db.  Based on
3063		patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3064	CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of
3065		Virginia Tech.
3066	CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched
3067		instead of making it worse.  Problem noted by Motonori
3068		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3069	CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`).
3070	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error.  Problem noted
3071		by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting
3072		gmbh.
3073	CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them.  From Mark
3074		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3075	DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4
3076		variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent
3077		namespace collisions.  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura
3078		of Kyoto University.
3079	RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail.  It
3080		causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for
3081		installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to
3082		another MTA.  The change will re-appear in a future
3083		version.
3084	SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X,
3085		and SunOS 5.8.  Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
3086		College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3087	VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore.
3088	VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-*
3089		or *-owner.
3090	New Files:
3091		cf/ostype/aix5.m4
3092		contrib/buildvirtuser
3093		devtools/OS/AIX.5.0
3094
30958.11.1/8.11.1	2000/09/27
3096	Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single
3097		name.  Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3098	Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly
3099		seeded.  This problem only occurs on systems without
3100		/dev/urandom.  Problem detected by Jan Krueger of
3101		digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and
3102		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3103	Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory
3104		wildcards.
3105	Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent
3106		process may close the connection before the child process
3107		has completed.  Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong
3108		Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang
3109		Hottgenroth of UUNET.
3110	Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to
3111		read the LDAP secret from a file.
3112	Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after
3113		the user submits the message and before the first delivery
3114		attempt completes.  Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet.
3115		Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3116	Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is
3117		greater than 2^31.  Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman
3118		of EarthLink.
3119	Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero.
3120	Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as
3121		non-existent instead of treating it as /.  Problem noted by
3122		Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
3123	Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item.  Problem
3124		noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3125	Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot
3126		save rejected email anywhere".  Problem noted by Marc G.
3127		Fournier of Acadia University.
3128	If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close
3129		the map so subsequent searches reopen the map.  If there are
3130		multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and
3131		one of the others may be able to take over.
3132	Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the
3133		previous load average query result.
3134	If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened,
3135		return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client
3136		instead of ignoring the map.  Problem noted by Allan E
3137		Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3138	Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving
3139		the split envelopes before the original envelope.
3140	Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of
3141		defer if the PH server could not be contacted.  From Mark
3142		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3143	Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and
3144		ETRN.  Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet.
3145	Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and
3146		RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869.  Problem
3147		reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University.
3148	Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS.  Problem
3149		noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A.
3150	Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP
3151		client libraries.  Patch from Paul Hilchey of the
3152		University of British Columbia.
3153	Portability:
3154		Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9}
3155			instead of defining it in conf.h so users can
3156			override the setting.  Suggested by
3157			Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson.
3158		On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of
3159			/usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation.  From
3160			Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College.
3161		On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which
3162			does not exist).  From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
3163			College.
3164		Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x.  From
3165			Tom Moore of NCR.
3166		NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man.  From
3167			Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter.
3168		Solaris 8 and later include /var/run.  The default PID file
3169			location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid.  From John
3170			Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3171		SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems
3172			which do not.  From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan
3173			Consulting.
3174	CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}.
3175		Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG.
3176	CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with
3177		errors in the MAIL address.
3178	CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files.  Problem
3179		noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech.
3180	CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8).
3181		Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3182	CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add
3183		GECOS information for an address.  This more closely
3184		matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior.  From Per Hedeland of
3185		Ericsson.
3186	CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for
3187		SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay
3188		mailer as described in cf/README.
3189	MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas
3190		are obeyed.  Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK.
3191	MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using
3192		makemap to 'unmake' the map.
3193	RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to
3194		sendmail.
3195	RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
3196		submission.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3197		Meteorological Institute.
3198	VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals.
3199	VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single
3200		dot as the only character on the line.
3201	New Files:
3202		cf/ostype/solaris8.m4
3203
32048.11.0/8.11.0	2000/07/19
3205	SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary
3206		(not the normal case), some operating systems will still
3207		keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries
3208		to drop all of its privileges.  If sendmail needs to drop
3209		these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the
3210		saved-uid as well, exit with an error.  Problem noted by
3211		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3212	SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string
3213		it populates.  It is possible that some broken
3214		implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this.
3215		Systems in this category should compile with
3216		-DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1.  Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your
3217		system and report broken implementations to
3218		sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor.  Problem
3219		noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP.
3220	Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS).
3221		Implementation influenced by the example programs of
3222		OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus.
3223	Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile,
3224		ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile,
3225		ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile.  These are documented in
3226		cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
3227	New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject},
3228		${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify},
3229		${server_name}, and ${server_addr}.  These are documented
3230		in cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
3231	Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better
3232		random data.
3233	New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which
3234		don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to
3235		try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems.
3236	Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which
3237		support encryption.  Based on code contributed by Tim
3238		Martin of CMU.
3239	Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security
3240		strength factor.
3241	LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z
3242		(delimiter) flag was not given.  Problem noted by ST Wong of
3243		the Chinese University of Hong Kong.  Fix from Mark Adamson
3244		of CMU.
3245	Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's
3246		ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute().
3247		Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP.
3248	Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions.  As
3249		documented, unless a family is specified in a
3250		DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default.  It is
3251		also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set.
3252		Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets
3253		by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if
3254		they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces.  Problem noted
3255		by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3256	Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect
3257		the interface information for an outgoing connection.
3258		Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket
3259		family and address used in subsequent connections if the
3260		M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions.  Problem noted
3261		by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3262	If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket
3263		family based on the IP address.  ${if_family} is no longer
3264		persistent (i.e., saved in qf files).  Patch from John Beck
3265		of Sun Microsystems.
3266	sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family}
3267		macros for both the incoming interface address/family and
3268		the outgoing interface address/family.  In order for M=b
3269		modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve
3270		the incoming information in the queue file for later
3271		delivery attempts.
3272	Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in
3273		responses to commands.  Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of
3274		smoe.org.
3275	Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams
3276		to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc().  Problem
3277		noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3278	The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working.
3279		Problem noted by Ajay Matia.
3280	Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred
3281		but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be
3282		delivered when it really should have been queued.  Problem
3283		noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3284	Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting
3285		the SMTP transaction out of sync.  Problem noted by Per
3286		Hedeland of Ericsson.
3287	Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT
3288		is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities
3289		between sfio and stdio.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert
3290		of Northern Illinois University.
3291	Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log.  Problem
3292		noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3293	Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query
3294		to kilobyte units.
3295	If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure
3296		looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later
3297		attempt.  Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo
3298		Polytechnic.
3299	Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded
3300		as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the
3301		queue file and persistent host status.  Problem noted by
3302		Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3303	Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists
3304		within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found).
3305		Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3306	Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the
3307		sender.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3308	If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and
3309		abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that
3310		states "<<< No Message Collected >>>".
3311	Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly
3312		restrictive.  Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark
3313		G. Thomas Consulting.
3314	Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident
3315		port number (113).
3316	Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page.
3317		Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3318	Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have
3319		host portions (or there are no recipients).  Problem noted
3320		by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3321	If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure
3322		only the first to open the connection is allowed to close
3323		it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for
3324		other maps.  Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET.
3325	Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4
3326		authentication.  Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the
3327		University of Mainz.
3328	Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed
3329		via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23.
3330	Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile.  Omission
3331		noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3332	Portability:
3333		Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class
3334			'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others).  From Jun
3335			Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project.
3336		Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX.
3337		NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not
3338			work properly causing problems if the accept()
3339			fails and the socket needs to be reopened.  Patch
3340			from Tom Moore of NCR.
3341		NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages.  From
3342			Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security.
3343		Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED
3344			for calls to getipnodebyname().  The Linux
3345			implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped
3346			under Linux.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and
3347			John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
3348	CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place.
3349		Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3350	CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
3351		confCACERT_PATH			CACERTPath
3352		confCACERT			CACERTFile
3353		confCLIENT_CERT			ClientCertFile
3354		confCLIENT_KEY			ClientKeyFile
3355		confDH_PARAMETERS		DHParameters
3356		confRAND_FILE			RandFile
3357		confSERVER_CERT			ServerCertFile
3358		confSERVER_KEY			ServerKeyFile
3359	CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new
3360		tags to the access database to support these policies.  See
3361		cf/README for more information.
3362	CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header.
3363	CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't
3364		called due to a STARTTLS command.
3365	CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent
3366		instead of temporary.
3367	CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with
3368		the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To:
3369		tag.  Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas
3370		Consulting.
3371	CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in
3372		OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux').  From Tim Pierce of
3373		RootsWeb.com.
3374	CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and
3375		forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as
3376		possible.  Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the
3377		University of Maryland.
3378	CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users.  From
3379		Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
3380	CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from
3381		ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and
3382		ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if
3383		underscore is in OperatorChars.  Problem noted by Bob Zeitz
3384		of the University of Alberta.
3385	CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}.
3386		Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation.
3387	CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers.
3388	CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash
3389		of X.509 certificates.
3390	CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl:  More protection from special characters;
3391		treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the
3392		GECOS full name and username match.  From Ulrich Windl of the
3393		Universitat Regensburg.
3394	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a
3395		typo.  Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3396	CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue
3397		and sendmail.  Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3398	CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as
3399		subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3400	CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by
3401		calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration
3402		script for movemail.pl).  From Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3403	CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to
3404		makemap).  From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc.
3405	DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any
3406		extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation
3407		target.  Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon
3408		University.
3409	DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9.
3410	DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create
3411		links.
3412	LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not
3413		reported.
3414	MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability.  Problem noted by Tim Boyer of
3415		Denman Tire Corporation.
3416	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with
3417		-DCONTENTLENGTH.  Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU.
3418	MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional).
3419	MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff
3420		and -man on Solaris 7.  Patch from Larry Williamson.
3421	RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf().  Problem noted by David Hayes of
3422		Black Diamond Equipment, Limited.
3423	RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not
3424		have a From line.
3425	VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not
3426		to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient.
3427	Added Files:
3428		cf/ostype/darwin.m4
3429		contrib/cidrexpand
3430		contrib/link_hash.sh
3431		contrib/movemail.conf
3432		contrib/movemail.pl
3433		devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9
3434		test/t_snprintf.c
3435
34368.10.2/8.10.2	2000/06/07
3437	SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation.
3438		On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert
3439		the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root
3440		process to drop its privileges.  Problem noted by Wojciech
3441		Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl.
3442	SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(),
3443		initgroups(), and chroot() calls.
3444	Added Files:
3445		test/t_setuid.c
3446
34478.10.1/8.10.1	2000/04/06
3448	SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP
3449		Authentication mechanisms to those specified in
3450		AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage.  We do not
3451		recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the
3452		password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers.  See
3453		cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information.
3454	Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some
3455		OSs.  Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com.
3456	Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long.
3457	Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is
3458		greater than sendmail binary supported version.  Patch
3459		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3460	Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing
3461		a segmentation fault when using address test mode.  Based on
3462		patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3463	Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3).  Problem
3464		noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin.
3465	Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership.
3466	Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10
3467		or higher.
3468	Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using
3469		exponential delay after too many tries within one connection.
3470	Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string.
3471	Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs.
3472		Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
3473		Polytechnic Institute.
3474	Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually
3475		discards the message.
3476	Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side
3477		when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is
3478		attempted to the alias.
3479	Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other
3480		flag options.
3481	Portability:
3482		SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for
3483			AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X
3484			linker semantics.  AIX 4.X users should consult
3485			sendmail/README for further information.  Problem
3486			noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3487		Avoid use of strerror(3) call.  Problem noted by Charles
3488			Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal.
3489		DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install
3490			program.  From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation.
3491		HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function.
3492		Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X
3493			from J. P. McCann of E I A.
3494		Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3).
3495			Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet
3496			Services, LLC.
3497		Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working
3498			strlc{at,py}(3) functions.  From Todd C. Miller of
3499			Courtesan Consulting.
3500		SINIX doesn't have random(3).  From Gerald Rinske of
3501			Siemens Business Services.
3502	CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to
3503		include the sender address.  Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht
3504		of WSRCC.
3505	CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls.
3506	CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS
3507		to be backward compatible with 8.9.
3508	CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable
3509		to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail.
3510	CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete.
3511	DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored.  Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki
3512		of NEC.
3513	DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture
3514		(i486).  From Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3515	DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility
3516		libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's
3517		overloaded -L option.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of
3518		Virginia Tech.
3519	DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for
3520		confNROFF.  Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse
3521		University.
3522	DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added
3523		for other internal projects but included in the open source
3524		release.
3525	LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the
3526		map name to determine whether or not to add the extension.
3527		This fixes makemap when building the userdb file.  Problem
3528		noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds.
3529	LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if
3530		it doesn't already exist.  Problem noted by Rand Wacker of
3531		Sendmail.
3532	LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are
3533		available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails.  This
3534		fixes praliases.  Patch	from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3535	LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted
3536		as SFF_NOWRFILES.
3537	OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags.  Suggested by
3538		Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of
3539		Northern Illinois University.
3540	PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for
3541		particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the
3542		command line.  Man page updated accordingly.  Patch from
3543		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3544	VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole
3545		Polytechnique de Montreal.
3546	VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for
3547		compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from
3548		Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke.
3549	Added Files:
3550		devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4
3551		devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0
3552	Deleted Files:
3553		contrib/converting.sun.configs
3554	Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed):
3555		doc/intro
3556		doc/usenix
3557		doc/changes
3558
35598.10.0/8.10.0	2000/03/01
3560	    *************************************************************
3561	    * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered	*
3562	    * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team.	*
3563	    * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering	*
3564	    * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment	*
3565	    * of this release.  It was her vision, dedication, and	*
3566	    * support that has made this release a success.  Julie died	*
3567	    * on October 26, 1999 of cancer.  We have lost a leader, a	*
3568	    * coach, and a friend.					*
3569	    *								*
3570	    * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy,	*
3571	    * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us.	*
3572	    * Julie, we miss you!					*
3573	    *************************************************************
3574	SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic
3575		links to make sure the files can't be compromised due
3576		to poor permissions on the parent directories of the
3577		symbolic link target.
3578	SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild
3579		the alias map.  Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the
3580		"Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
3581	SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if
3582		the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the
3583		sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file
3584		(leaving it in an inconsistent state).  This option and
3585		its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future
3586		version of sendmail.
3587	SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and
3588		stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail.  Problem noted
3589		by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
3590		(IdS).
3591	Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files.  This affects
3592		a large number of files.  See cf/README for more details.
3593	The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly
3594		for easier code sharing among the programs.
3595	Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554).  New macros for this purpose
3596		are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author}
3597		which hold the client's authentication credentials,
3598		the mechanism used for authentication, and the
3599		authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if
3600		supplied).  Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU.
3601	On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD
3602		distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce
3603		file system overhead by not creating temporary files on
3604		disk.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3605	New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
3606		memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is
3607		used.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3608	New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
3609		memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based
3610		file is used.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3611	sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can
3612		now listen on several different ports.  Use:
3613		O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E
3614		to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned
3615		on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned
3616		off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa').
3617	The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated.  Mail user agents should
3618		begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user
3619		message submission.  XUSR may disappear from a future release.
3620	The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option
3621		indicates that the message being submitted from the command
3622		line is for relaying, not initial submission.  This means
3623		the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully
3624		qualified and no canonicalization will be done.  Future
3625		releases may even reject improperly formed messages.
3626	The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is
3627		deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
3628		Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that
3629		this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U).
3630	The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted
3631		from the command line is an initial user submission and act
3632		accordingly.
3633	If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward
3634		program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the
3635		address is marked as unsafe.  This means if RunAsUser is
3636		set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to
3637		files in their .forward files.  Administrators can override
3638		this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new
3639		setting NonRootSafeAddr.
3640	Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set
3641		on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to
3642		TrustStickyBit.  Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of
3643		InCert Software.
3644	Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward
3645		files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is
3646		set in the DontBlameSendmail option.  Requested by many.
3647	New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying
3648		a control socket request.
3649	New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver
3650		settings:
3651		Timeout.resolver.retrans
3652			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3653			seconds).  Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3654			and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal.
3655		Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3656			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3657			seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message.
3658		Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
3659			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3660			seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first
3661			delivery attempt.
3662		Timeout.resolver.retry
3663			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3664			query.  Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3665			and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal.
3666		Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3667			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3668			query for the first attempt to deliver a message.
3669		Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
3670			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3671			query for all resolver lookups except the first
3672			delivery attempt.
3673		Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3674	Support multiple queue directories.  To use multiple queues, supply
3675		a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk.  For
3676		example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the
3677		directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with
3678		'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories.  Keep in
3679		mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed
3680		while sendmail is running.  Queue runs create a separate
3681		process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is
3682		given on a non-daemon queue run.  New items are randomly
3683		assigned to a queue.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3684	Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if
3685		subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names
3686		exist in the queue directories, they are used for the
3687		corresponding queue files.  Keep in mind, the queue
3688		directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is
3689		running.  Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore
3690		Telecommunications Ltd.
3691	New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be
3692		unique for 60 years.  This allows queue IDs to be assigned
3693		without fancy file system locking.  Queued items can be
3694		moved between queues easily.  Contributed by Exactis.com,
3695		Inc.
3696	Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures
3697		(e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if
3698		set.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3699	New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for
3700		syslog.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3701	QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename.  This
3702		avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing
3703		to run the queue.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3704	Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been
3705		donated by Exactis.com, Inc.
3706	The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags.
3707	Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the
3708		QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning:
3709		being added.  Suggested by Michael K. Sanders.
3710	IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State
3711		University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University,
3712		and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3713	In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse
3714		connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands.
3715		Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications
3716		Ltd.
3717	The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket
3718		on systems which support them.  This can be used with LMTP
3719		local delivery agents which listen on a named socket.  An
3720		example mailer might be:
3721			Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n,
3722				S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix,
3723				A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd
3724		Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
3725	The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated.  Use [IPC]
3726		instead.
3727	The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a
3728		legitimate value.  Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP
3729		connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future
3730		version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery).
3731	PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts
3732		flags.
3733	PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the
3734		body of the original message on delivery status
3735		notifications.
3736	Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set.  Problem noted
3737		by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
3738	Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP
3739		Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset.  Problem noted by
3740		Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
3741	Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times.  OperatorChars should
3742		not be set after rulesets are defined.  Suggested by
3743		Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
3744	Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files.  In
3745		interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP
3746		responses after the DATA command.  Problem noted by
3747		Nik Conwell of Boston University.
3748	Check file close when mailing to files.  Problem noted by Nik
3749		Conwell of Boston University.
3750	Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map.  Patch from
3751		Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
3752	Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using
3753		ldap_open() or ldap_init().  Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of
3754		@Home Network.
3755	New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH=
3756		parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted.  See SMTP
3757		AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps.
3758	Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and
3759		check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively,
3760		similar to check_rcpt etc.
3761	Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr},
3762		${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold
3763		the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e.
3764		the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr.
3765		From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3766	New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve
3767		call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP.  Proposed
3768		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3769	New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold
3770		the corresponding DSN parameter values.  Proposed by
3771		Mathias Herberts.
3772	New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter,
3773		i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue),
3774		before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds
3775		the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used
3776		in check_compat).
3777	The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode
3778		sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode
3779		option.
3780	New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts.
3781	Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is
3782		a local address.  From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3783	Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue.
3784		Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
3785	Log "low on disk space" only when necessary.
3786	New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average.
3787		Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
3788	Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn
3789		is set.
3790	Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted
3791		for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub).
3792	Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode.
3793		This flag is set by default for the host map.  Based on a
3794		proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan.
3795	Open maps only on demand, not at startup.
3796	Log warning about unsupported IP address families.
3797	New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length
3798		of the sum of all headers.  This can be used to prevent
3799		a denial-of-service attack.
3800	New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME
3801		headers and parameters within those headers.  This option
3802		is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer
3803		overflow attacks.
3804	Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of
3805		alias recursion.
3806	New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit.
3807	Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd.
3808	Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash
3809		directly before the newline.
3810	New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide
3811		dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to
3812		/usr/tmp/dead.letter.  If this option is not set (the
3813		default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a
3814		system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail
3815		to the user nor postmaster.  Instead, it will rename the qf
3816		file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file
3817		could not be opened.
3818	New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file.  The
3819		value of this option is macro expanded.
3820	New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the
3821		process title shown in 'ps' listings.
3822	New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options
3823		(along with the already existing macros):
3824		${daemon_info}      Daemon information, e.g.
3825		                    SMTP+queueing@00:30:00
3826		${daemon_addr}	    Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0
3827		${daemon_family}    Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc.
3828		${daemon_name}      Daemon name, e.g., MSA.
3829		${daemon_port}	    Daemon port, e.g., 25
3830		${queue_interval}   Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00
3831	New macros especially for virtual hosting:
3832		${if_name}	hostname of interface of incoming connection.
3833		${if_addr}	address of interface of incoming connection.
3834		The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the
3835		loopback net.
3836	If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and
3837		would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message.
3838		Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd.
3839	Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>.
3840		Provide header value as quoted string in the macro
3841		${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME).  Suggested by
3842		Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
3843		The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}.
3844	H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks.  This
3845		ruleset will only be called if the individual header does
3846		not have its own ruleset assigned.  Suggested by Jan
3847		Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
3848		The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}.
3849	Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not
3850		removed if the config file version is greater than or equal
3851		to 9.  For example, "R$+ ( 1 )		$@ 1" matches the
3852		input "token (1)" but does not match "token".
3853	Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
3854		MIME messages.  Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of
3855		Multimedia Consumer Services.  Fix from Per Hedeland of
3856		Ericsson.
3857	Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
3858		messages with 8-bit text in headers.  Problem noted by
3859		Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College.  Fix from Per Hedeland
3860		of Ericsson.
3861	Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a
3862		modified database map file.  Problem noted by Chris Adams
3863		of Renaissance Internet Services.
3864	Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g.,
3865		$#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now
3866		queue up the message instead of bouncing it.
3867	Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as
3868		standard does not provide any indication of what to do when
3869		something other than 250 is received.  Based on a patch
3870		from Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
3871	New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own
3872		important files instead of root.  This requires HASFCHOWN.
3873	Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and
3874		setting USERDB=0 works.  Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock.
3875	Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure
3876		being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever
3877		really went wrong.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3878	$? tests also whether the macro is non-null.
3879	Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid
3880		equate name.
3881	New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before
3882		executing the mailer program.  Suggested by Igor Vinokurov.
3883	New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the
3884		mailer to return after sending all data to it.
3885	Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process
3886		into a previously filled slot.  Previously, the memory was
3887		freed at removal time.  Since removal can happen in a
3888		signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an
3889		inconsistent state.  Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and
3890		David Cooley of Colby College.
3891	When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup
3892		local users in the passwd file.  The UserDB code has
3893		already decided the message will be passed to another host
3894		for processing.  Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett
3895		Buckeridge Young Limited.
3896	Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the
3897		password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options
3898		'-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'.  The
3899		distinguished_name is who to login as.  The method can be
3900		one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or
3901		LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4.  The filename is the file containing the
3902		secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos
3903		ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4.  Patch from Booker Bense
3904		of Stanford University.
3905	The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap.  The use of ldapx is
3906		deprecated and will be removed in a future version.
3907	If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute
3908		and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that
3909		response into a delimiter separated string.  The LDAP map
3910		will traverse multiple entries as well.  LDAP alias maps
3911		automatically set the column delimiter to the comma.
3912		Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and
3913		idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc.
3914	Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup.  The
3915		values to be returned should be in a comma separated string.
3916		For example, `-v "email,emailother"'.  Patch from
3917		Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
3918	Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps.
3919	If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all
3920		attributes found in the match will be returned.
3921	Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from
3922		breaking up a single entry into multiple entries.  This is
3923		needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for
3924		comma separated key and value strings.
3925	Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing
3926		for each lookup.  To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache
3927		connections such that multiple maps which use the same
3928		host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in
3929		a single connection to that host.
3930	Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT.
3931	Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on
3932		LDAP lookups.
3933	Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network
3934		resources.
3935	Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set.
3936	Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries.
3937	Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification.  '%s' is still
3938		replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key --
3939		note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP
3940		special characters.  The new '%0' token can be used instead
3941		of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254.
3942		For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k
3943		"(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be
3944		equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a
3945		user attribute.  Instead, if the LDAP map specification
3946		contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this
3947		would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user
3948		with the name "*".
3949	New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if
3950		more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records
3951		being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP
3952		alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of
3953		matches to return.
3954	New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for
3955		LDAP maps.  The value should only contain LDAP specific
3956		settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc.  The
3957		settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are
3958		specified in the individual map specification ('K'
3959		command).  This option should be set before any LDAP maps
3960		are defined.
3961	Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open
3962		continually fails.  Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia
3963		Tech.
3964	Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries.  In
3965		particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be
3966		important if you have large classes.
3967	On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which
3968		gave error in the queued status message.  Requested by
3969		Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3970	Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward
3971		configuration.  Mailers which have this flag will not attempt
3972		delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs
3973		unless the queued message is selected using one of the
3974		-qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request.  Code
3975		provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
3976	New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon
3977		control socket.  This socket allows an external program to
3978		control and query status from the running sendmail daemon
3979		via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the
3980		INN news server.  Access to this interface is controlled by
3981		the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX
3982		systems (see sendmail/README for more information).  An
3983		example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl.
3984	Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and
3985		RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the
3986		number of processors online on the system (if that can be
3987		determined).  For single processor machines, this change
3988		has no effect.
3989	Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces.
3990		Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3991	Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases.  Patch from
3992		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3993	Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens
3994		at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher.
3995	Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now
3996		happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher.
3997	Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at
3998		LogLevel 10 or higher.  Previously, only TCP/IP connections
3999		were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher.  Setting
4000		LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent
4001		connection-based denial of service attacks.
4002	Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel
4003		10 or higher.
4004	Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender
4005		information (from= syslog line).
4006	Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new
4007		equate (dsn=).
4008	Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options.
4009	New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets, see
4010		sendmail/README for details.  Contributed by Mark Roth
4011		of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
4012	Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a
4013		bracketed IP address.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
4014		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4015	Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries.  Problem noted by
4016		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4017	When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run
4018		the program as the default user and the default group, not
4019		the forward file user.  This change also assures the
4020		:include: directives in aliases are also processed using
4021		the default user and group.  Problem noted by Sergiu
4022		Popovici of DNT Romania.
4023	Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with
4024		no home directory (/no/such/directory).  Problem noted by
4025		Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS.
4026	Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a
4027		message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or
4028		above).  Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online.
4029	Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were
4030		accepted.  If some of the recipients were rejected, it is
4031		helpful to know the sender of the message.
4032	Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety.
4033		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4034	Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is
4035		interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to
4036		multiple files.
4037	Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or
4038		greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the
4039		version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in
4040		the helpfile ($v).  Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET
4041		PIPEX.  Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are
4042		skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced.  The
4043		helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older
4044		version is found, a warning is logged.  The '#vers'
4045		directive should be placed at the top of the help file.
4046	Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to
4047		disk succeeded.  Suggested by Nick Christenson.
4048	If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its
4049		length before the attempt.
4050	If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the
4051		user's uid before checking permissions on the file.  This
4052		allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where
4053		root is remapped to nobody.  Problem noted by Harald
4054		Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm.
4055	purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus)
4056		host status files, not all files.
4057	Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved
4058		in the queue file for the message and set when delivery
4059		is attempted on the queued item.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of
4060		Wonderworks Inc.
4061	Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new
4062		macro map class.  This can be used to store information
4063		between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}.
4064		Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University
4065		of Hannover.
4066	New map class arith to allow for computations in rules.  The
4067		operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given
4068		as key.  The two operands are specified as arguments; the
4069		lookup returns the result of the computation.  For example,
4070		"$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and
4071		"$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6".
4072	Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to
4073		include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer
4074		flag:
4075			H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro}
4076		This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}.
4077		It can be used for adding headers to a message based on
4078		the results of check_* and header check rulesets.
4079	Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after
4080		all of the headers have been collected.  The input to the
4081		ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the
4082		headers in bytes separated by $|.  This ruleset along with
4083		the macro storage map can be used to correlate information
4084		gathered between headers and to check for missing headers.
4085		See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example.
4086	Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond
4087		to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec.  This
4088		option is deprecated and will be removed from a future
4089		version.
4090	Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True.
4091	Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True.
4092	Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output
4093		if referencing a named ruleset.
4094	New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages
4095		delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer.
4096	Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before
4097		using it to sort.  Now all the same domains are really run
4098		through the queue together.  If they have the same MX host,
4099		then they will have a much better opportunity to use the
4100		connection cache if available.  This should be a reasonable
4101		performance improvement.  Patch from Randall Winchester of
4102		the University of Maryland.
4103	If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would
4104		have received the message if it had not been rejected.
4105	New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the
4106		queue immediately.  No delivery attempt is made.
4107	Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands
4108		up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}-
4109		COMMANDS).
4110	New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions
4111		but for outgoing connections.
4112	New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for
4113		error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e.
4114			a	require authentication
4115			b	bind to interface through which mail has
4116				been received
4117			c	perform hostname canonification
4118			f	require fully qualified hostname
4119			h	use name of interface for outgoing HELO
4120				command
4121			C	don't perform hostname canonification
4122			E	disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476)
4123	New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e.
4124			h	use name of interface for HELO command
4125	The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4.
4126	Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set
4127		to 10 or higher.  Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National
4128		Institutes of Health.
4129	If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal
4130		format.  Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
4131	Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k.
4132	Move message priority from sender to recipient logging.  Suggested by
4133		Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
4134	Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X.
4135	Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition.
4136		Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB.
4137	Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO.
4138		Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc.
4139	Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout
4140		sub-options is set on the command line.  Problem noted by
4141		Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
4142	Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is
4143		attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per
4144		session.  Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq.
4145	Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034.
4146	Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless
4147		DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails
4148		to hosts which have dynamically assigned names.
4149	If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing
4150		the bounce for the same reason.  If the body is not 8-bit
4151		clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will
4152		not be included in the bounce.  Problem noted by Valdis
4153		Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
4154	The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from
4155		'${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which
4156		simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes.
4157		This will detect the inability to send information quicker
4158		and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to
4159		timeout.
4160	Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled
4161		interface address structure when loading the system network
4162		interface addresses.  Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of
4163		Nanoteq.
4164	Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which
4165		indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing
4166		for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w).  The
4167		default value is 512.  Based on idea from Reinier
4168		Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq.
4169	If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based
4170		on load average.
4171	Allow ruleset 0 to have a name.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
4172		Northern Illinois University.
4173	Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-"
4174		envelope splitting has occurred.
4175	Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from
4176		Luke Mewburn from RMIT University.
4177	Add a "/quit" command to address test mode.
4178	Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path:
4179		header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter.
4180		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4181		Institute.
4182	The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using
4183		the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}".  This would copy all of
4184		the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}.
4185	Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for
4186		split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when
4187		the recipients were added.  Based on fix from Motonori
4188		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4189	Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the
4190		addresses.  From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4191	Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope
4192		message.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4193	If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a
4194		syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit.
4195	Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery.  Problem
4196		noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4197	On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the
4198		login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon.
4199		This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin().
4200		Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4201	Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command
4202		unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue.
4203	Strip returns from forward and include files.  Problem noted by
4204		Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4205	Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which
4206		resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure.
4207		Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4208		University.
4209	Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias"
4210		pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails
4211		the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias.
4212	If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be
4213		ignored and its rules added to S0.  Instead, ignore the
4214		ruleset lines as well.
4215	Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient
4216		success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a
4217		single address due to S5 and UserDB processing.  Problems
4218		noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4219		Institute.
4220	Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal
4221		to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process.
4222		Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
4223	Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN
4224		command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN
4225		headers.  Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to
4226		programs, file, DECnet, etc.
4227	Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to
4228		spoof their return address.  Based on idea from Neil Rickert
4229		of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland
4230		of Ericsson.
4231	Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is
4232		owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the
4233		:include: file contains delivery to a file or program.
4234		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4235	Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if
4236		the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx
4237		response code and drops the connection.  This behavior was
4238		noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when
4239		sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA.
4240	If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the
4241		file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as
4242		a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure.  Fix
4243		from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project.
4244	Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs
4245		instead of spaces between arguments.  Problem noted by Randy
4246		Wormser.  Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4247		University.
4248	Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line
4249		by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root
4250		privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via
4251		'sendmail -bs'.
4252	Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and
4253		"statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for
4254		them in the .cf file.
4255	Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending
4256		success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware
4257		systems.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University
4258		of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International.
4259	Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to
4260		multiple users in the same transaction (F=m).
4261	Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it
4262		will be added even if one already exists.  Problem noted
4263		by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
4264	Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped.
4265		This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection
4266		with commands and then disconnecting.  Previously, the
4267		server would process all of the buffered commands.  Problem
4268		noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
4269	Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'.  Problem
4270		noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
4271	If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the
4272		last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist.  Otherwise, use
4273		the last temporary (4XX) failure.
4274	RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case.  Patch
4275		from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co.
4276	Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to
4277		prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a
4278		site which drops IDENT packets.  Suggested by many.
4279	Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data
4280		is available in the in-memory cache.  Problem noted by Per
4281		Hedeland of Ericsson.
4282	mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal
4283		representation and a leading backslash.  This avoids problems
4284		with "unprintable" characters.  Problem noted by Michal
4285		Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
4286	The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator
4287		one character past the limit.  This would cause subsequent
4288		hops to break the line again.  The '!' is now placed in
4289		the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken.
4290		Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.  Based on fix
4291		from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4292	If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the
4293		resolver will fall back to TCP.  However, some
4294		misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup
4295		fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed.  Therefore,
4296		don't fail on ANY queries.
4297	If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the
4298		address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN
4299		to the postmaster.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
4300		Northern Illinois University.
4301	Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map
4302		specification.  Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina
4303		State University.
4304	Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on
4305		cached connections.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
4306		Northern Illinois University.
4307	Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e.,
4308		"host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection".
4309	Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode.
4310	Portability:
4311		Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with
4312			the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the
4313			other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART
4314			is not available.  Problem noted by Allan E
4315			Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4316		AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr.
4317			This allows network interface probing to work
4318			properly.  Fix from David Bronder of the
4319			University of Iowa.
4320		AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support.
4321		Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under
4322			AIX.  This will be reflected in the obj.* directory
4323			name.
4324		Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port.
4325		Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of
4326			Virginia Tech.
4327		Digital UNIX has uname(2).
4328		GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of
4329			Amsterdam.
4330		Improved HPUX 11.0 portability.
4331		Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X,
4332			FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X.
4333		Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS
4334			files.  Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI
4335			in building the operating system.  Users can
4336			override the defaults by setting confCC and
4337			confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately.
4338		IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI.
4339		Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI.
4340		Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain
4341			of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC.
4342		Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build
4343			system.  From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
4344		Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build
4345			system.  From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
4346		Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from
4347			Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia.
4348		NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support.  From
4349			Tom J. Moore of NCR.
4350		NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and
4351			_PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of
4352			NEC Computers Group Planning Division.
4353		Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D.
4354		NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and
4355			1024 in conf.h.  Since confENVDEF would be used,
4356			use that value in conf.h.
4357		Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name.  From Gerd Knops of
4358			BITart Consulting.
4359		Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if
4360			AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are
4361			defined.  Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple
4362			Computer, Inc.
4363		NeXT portability tweaks.  Problems reported by Dragan
4364			Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann
4365			of E I A.
4366		New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system
4367			can reuse the same PID in the same second.
4368		New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has
4369			fchown(2).
4370		New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does
4371			not have random(3).  rand() will be used instead.
4372		New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has
4373			srandomdev(3).
4374		New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has
4375			setlogin(2).
4376		Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version
4377			specific SINIX files.  From Gerald Rinske of
4378			Siemens Business Services.
4379		Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load
4380			average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital
4381			UNIX).  From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld.
4382		Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.  Suggested by
4383			Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace.
4384		Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
4385			Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
4386			Aerospace.
4387		Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running
4388			HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori
4389			NAKAMURA of Kyoto University.
4390		New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable
4391			use of getservbyname() on systems which can
4392			not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as
4393			HI-UX.  Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto
4394			University.
4395		Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x.  Problem noted
4396			by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and
4397			Technology Information Network.
4398		make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2.  Problem
4399			noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd.
4400		Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
4401		Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD,
4402			and OpenBSD.
4403		A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection
4404			of local_hostname_length().  See sendmail/README
4405			for more details.  Problem noted by Allan E
4406			Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4407	CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files.  This
4408		affects a large number of files.  See cf/README for more
4409		details.
4410	CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including
4411		trailing slash) for the mail settings directory.
4412	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9.
4413	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been
4414		deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
4415		BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi').
4416	CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root.  This
4417		requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd').  From Todd C. Miller of
4418		Courtesan Consulting.
4419	CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X.
4420	CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level
4421		domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to
4422		be improperly rejected as unresolvable.
4423	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of
4424		DNS server, rejection message) and can be included
4425		multiple times.
4426	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the
4427		mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged
4428		with From:).
4429	CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:,
4430		From:, To:) to enable finer control.
4431	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address
4432		routing.  See cf/README for a complete description of the
4433		new functionality.
4434	CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
4435		confAUTH_MECHANISMS		AuthMechanisms
4436		confAUTH_OPTIONS		AuthOptions
4437		confCLIENT_OPTIONS		ClientPortOptions
4438		confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME		ControlSocketName
4439		confDEAD_LETTER_DROP		DeadLetterDrop
4440		confDEF_AUTH_INFO		DefaultAuthInfo
4441		confDF_BUFFER_SIZE		DataFileBufferSize
4442		confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC		LDAPDefaultSpec
4443		confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION		MaxAliasRecursion
4444		confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH		MaxHeadersLength
4445		confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH	MaxMimeHeaderLength
4446		confPID_FILE			PidFile
4447		confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX	ProcessTitlePrefix
4448		confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN		RrtImpliesDsn
4449		confTO_CONTROL			Timeout.control
4450		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS		Timeout.resolver.retrans
4451		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST	Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
4452		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL	Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
4453		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY		Timeout.resolver.retry
4454		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST	Timeout.resolver.retry.first
4455		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL	Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
4456		confTRUSTED_USER		TrustedUser
4457		confXF_BUFFER_SIZE		XscriptFileBufferSize
4458	CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(),
4459		which takes the options as argument and can be used
4460		multiple times; see cf/README for details.
4461	CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called
4462		"dsmtp".  This mail provides on-demand delivery using the
4463		F=% mailer flag described above.  The "dsmtp" mailer
4464		definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults
4465		to "IPC $h".
4466	CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS,
4467		and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the
4468		local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively.
4469	CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting
4470		the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer.  The
4471		value should be changed with care.
4472	CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type
4473		for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP".
4474	CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if
4475		there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will
4476		complain.
4477	CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root')
4478		to get the old behavior.  Suggested by Joe Pruett
4479		of Q7 Enterprises.
4480	CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which
4481		will not be masqueraded.  Proposed by Arne Wichmann
4482		of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor,
4483		Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc.
4484	CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be
4485		specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE,
4486		i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $]
4487		for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert
4488		of Northern Illinois University.
4489	CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for
4490		FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only
4491		a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified.
4492	CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is
4493		nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component
4494		in it.
4495	CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain
4496		in class 'P' ($=P).
4497	CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that
4498		can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE.
4499		FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this
4500		class also to entire subdomains.  Hosts in this class are
4501		treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot
4502		is added.
4503	CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used,
4504		include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay).
4505	CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the
4506		genericstable also to subdomains of $=G.
4507	CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups.
4508		Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago.
4509	CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups.  Suggested
4510		by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net.
4511	CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading.
4512		Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates.
4513	CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w.  Suggested by Steve
4514		Hubert of University of Washington.
4515	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as
4516		GNU is now the canonical system name.  From Mark
4517		Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam.
4518	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman.
4519	CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value
4520		associated with the option.  From Andrew Brown of
4521		Graffiti World Wide, Inc.
4522	CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer.  Contributed
4523		by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology
4524		Services.
4525	CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder
4526		names.  Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
4527		Aerospace.
4528	CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags
4529		for the relay mailer.  Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn
4530		University and Brian Candler.
4531	CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path:
4532		header) by default.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4533	CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host].
4534		Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4535		Institute.
4536	CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS;
4537		i.e., to set, add, or delete flags.
4538	CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user
4539		who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that
4540		is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms').
4541	CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay
4542		after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks.
4543	CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated
4544		feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of
4545		sequence maps.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4546	CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of
4547		line string for the local mailer.  Requested by Il Oh of
4548		Willamette Industries, Inc.
4549	CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is
4550		converted to <user@d>
4551	CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by
4552		Sun's older, broken configuration files.
4553	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a
4554		normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be
4555		performed.
4556	CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if
4557		${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily.
4558		Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4559		Institute.
4560	CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can
4561		be accessed by their numbers).
4562	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial
4563		which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part
4564		of an address.
4565	CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used
4566		to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag
4567		set.  If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate
4568		action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored.
4569	CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4
4570		and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4.
4571		The latter is kept around for backward compatibility.
4572	CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries,
4573		where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code.
4574	CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
4575	CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_
4576		line.  Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
4577		Institute.
4578	CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates.
4579	CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take
4580		arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and
4581		mailer definition flags.  This makes it possible to use
4582		other programs such as maildrop for local delivery.
4583	CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or
4584		FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local').
4585		Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM.
4586	CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header
4587		default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER).
4588	CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a
4589		local mailer.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4590	CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the
4591		University of California at Berkeley.
4592	CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of
4593		Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
4594	CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names.  Patch from
4595		Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab.
4596	CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
4597		Corporation UK.
4598	CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues.
4599	DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with
4600		the Build scripts.  Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of
4601		Yale University.
4602	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will
4603		be used for building.
4604	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be
4605		used for a fresh build.
4606	DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh.
4607	DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to
4608		ranlib.
4609	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in
4610		<path>/obj.*.  Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis.
4611	DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the
4612		building of the man pages when defined.  Suggested by Bryan
4613		Costales.
4614	DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and
4615		confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the
4616		installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file
4617		respectively.  Suggested by Bryan Costales.
4618	DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX.  Patch from Gerald Rinske
4619		of Siemens Business Services.
4620	DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of
4621		stdio library.  The new buffered file I/O depends on the
4622		Torek stdio library.  This option can be either portable or
4623		torek.
4624	DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which
4625		correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively.
4626		They should contain the C source files for the object files
4627		listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD.  These file names
4628		will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation.
4629	DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs
4630		in the sendmail distribution.  Each has the form
4631		`conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'.
4632		The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS,
4633		conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD.
4634	DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign.  This should have little affect on
4635		building the distribution, but documentation on the changes
4636		are in devtools/README.
4637	DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already
4638		exists.  Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
4639	DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies
4640		the path to the sendmail source directory.  confSRCDIR is a
4641		new variable which identifies the root of the source
4642		directories for all of the programs in the distribution.
4643	DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build
4644		time.  They can both still be overridden by setting the m4
4645		macro.
4646	DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem.
4647	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for
4648		build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/.
4649		Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object
4650		directories.  Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment
4651		Corporation.
4652	DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted
4653		manual pages in the directory tree specified by
4654		confMANROOTMAN.
4655	DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the
4656		preformatted pages from the distribution.  The new variable
4657		confCOPY specifies the copying program.
4658	DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without
4659		question.  Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle
4660		Communications.
4661	DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names
4662		of the installed statistics and help files, respectively.
4663	DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining
4664		operating system identity.  Problem noted by Erik
4665		Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College.
4666	DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that
4667		will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH.
4668		Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib".
4669	DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying
4670		how to strip binaries.  These are used by the new
4671		install-strip target.
4672	DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after
4673		the others (if it exists).
4674	DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries
4675		then the default ones.
4676	MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root.  To use mail.local
4677		as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use
4678		MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S')
4679		to set the S flag.
4680	MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be
4681		accepted by sendmail.  Suggested by Neil Rickert of
4682		Northern Illinois University.
4683	MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise
4684		8BITMIME in the LHLO response.  Suggested by Kari Hurtta of
4685		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4686	MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining
4687		MAILLOCK when compiling.  Also requires linking with
4688		-lmail.  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4689		University.
4690	MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is
4691		defined when compiling.  Automatically set for Solaris 2.3
4692		and later.  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4693		University.
4694	MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address
4695		structure to the beginning of the program.  This ensures that
4696		the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly
4697		unauthenticated user.  If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC
4698		on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as,
4699		"authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session
4700		key."  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4701		University.
4702	MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is
4703		set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling.
4704		Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4705	MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046
4706		characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming
4707		line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the
4708		newline).  If an input line was 2047 characters long
4709		(excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.',
4710		mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the
4711		user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail.
4712		If the message was much longer, both sendmail and
4713		mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read
4714		what they have written.  Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of
4715		Alcatel Australia Limited.
4716	MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a
4717		temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota.  Suggested by
4718		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4719	MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global
4720		timeout to avoid starvation.
4721	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted
4722		local-parts.  Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of
4723		Infinite Monkeys & Co.
4724	MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR.
4725	MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are
4726		printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file
4727		is reset.  Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University
4728		of Maryland.
4729	MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of
4730		generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the
4731		sendmail configuration file.
4732	MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail
4733		configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser
4734		option.
4735	MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database.  Based on
4736		code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
4737	MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values.  Suggested by Philip
4738		A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services.
4739	MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems.  Problem
4740		noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services.
4741	OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer
4742		equates.  Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines.
4743	OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation.  From Graeme Hewson of Oracle
4744		Corporation UK.
4745	OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe"
4746		(e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the
4747		option was specified on the command line).  Problem noted
4748		by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
4749	PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for
4750		Berkeley DB.  Patch from Brian J. Coan of the
4751		Institute for Global Communications.
4752	PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the
4753		alias file(s) if the -f option is not used.  Patch from
4754		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4755	PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail
4756		configuration file to use for finding alias file(s).  Patch
4757		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4758	SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit.  Allow command
4759		lists using || and &&.  Based on patch from Brian J. Coan
4760		of the Institute for Global Communications.
4761	SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system.  From Tim Pierce
4762		of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative.
4763	VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution.
4764	LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library.  Works with Berkeley
4765		DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM.
4766	Changed Files:
4767		The Build script in the various program subdirectories are
4768			no longer symbolic links.  They are now scripts
4769			which execute the actual Build script in
4770			devtools/bin.
4771		All the manual pages are now written against -man and not
4772			-mandoc as they were previously.
4773		Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead
4774			of Build will work (unless parameters are
4775			required for Build).
4776	New Directories:
4777		devtools/M4/UNIX
4778		include
4779		libmilter
4780		libsmdb
4781		libsmutil
4782		vacation
4783	Renamed Directories:
4784		BuildTools => devtools
4785		src => sendmail
4786	Deleted Files:
4787		cf/m4/nullrelay.m4
4788		devtools/OS/Linux.ppc
4789		devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX
4790		devtools/OS/SINIX
4791		sendmail/ldap_map.h
4792	New Files:
4793		INSTALL
4794		PGPKEYS
4795		cf/cf/generic-linux.cf
4796		cf/cf/generic-linux.mc
4797		cf/feature/delay_checks.m4
4798		cf/feature/dnsbl.m4
4799		cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4
4800		cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4
4801		cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4
4802		cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4
4803		cf/mailer/qpage.m4
4804		cf/ostype/bsdi.m4
4805		cf/ostype/hpux11.m4
4806		cf/ostype/openbsd.m4
4807		contrib/bounce-resender.pl
4808		contrib/domainmap.m4
4809		contrib/qtool.8
4810		contrib/qtool.pl
4811		devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4
4812		devtools/M4/list.m4
4813		devtools/M4/string.m4
4814		devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4
4815		devtools/M4/switch.m4
4816		devtools/OS/Darwin
4817		devtools/OS/GNU
4818		devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43
4819		devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44
4820		devtools/OS/m88k
4821		devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh
4822		mail.local/Makefile
4823		mailstats/Makefile
4824		makemap/Makefile
4825		praliases/Makefile
4826		rmail/Makefile
4827		sendmail/Makefile
4828		sendmail/bf.h
4829		sendmail/bf_portable.c
4830		sendmail/bf_portable.h
4831		sendmail/bf_torek.c
4832		sendmail/bf_torek.h
4833		sendmail/shmticklib.c
4834		sendmail/statusd_shm.h
4835		sendmail/timers.c
4836		sendmail/timers.h
4837		smrsh/Makefile
4838		vacation/Makefile
4839	Renamed Files:
4840		cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4
4841		sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h
4842		sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile
4843		sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h
4844		sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h
4845		sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c
4846		sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c
4847		sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h
4848		cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4
4849	Copied Files:
4850		cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4
4851
48528.9.3/8.9.3	1999/02/04
4853	SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total
4854		of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of
4855		service attack.  This limit will be configurable in 8.10.
4856		Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
4857		Schools" project (IdS).
4858	Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map
4859		was closed due to an earlier failure.  Problem noted by
4860		Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.  Fix from Booker Bense of
4861		Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4862	Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages
4863		when performing the MIME header length check.  This
4864		will allow PGP signatures to function properly.  Problem
4865		noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland.
4866	If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive,
4867		the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop
4868		broken" error.  Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan
4869		Stanley.  Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4870	Allow -T to work for bestmx maps.  Fix from Aaron Schrab of
4871		ExecPC Internet Systems.
4872	During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a
4873		TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued
4874		for later retry but the failure would be logged as
4875		"Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout.  Problem noted by
4876		Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH)
4877		and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet.
4878	Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the
4879		F=w mailer flag is not set.  Problem noted by Murray S.
4880		Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per
4881		Hedeland of Ericsson.
4882	Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a
4883		default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default.
4884		Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus
4885		College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc.
4886	Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name)
4887		in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd.
4888	Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of
4889		requiring 354.  This change will match the wording to be
4890		published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS
4891		group of the IETF.
4892	Portability:
4893		AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset
4894			bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2.  This introduces the
4895			softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should
4896			not be used.  It conflicts with the resolver
4897			built into libc.a.  "bind" has been removed
4898			from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable.
4899			Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have
4900			to add it back in their site.config.m4 file.
4901			Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the
4902			Technical University of Denmark.
4903		CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego
4904			Supercomputer Center.
4905		Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input
4906			from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation,
4907			John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense
4908			of Stanford University.
4909		Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone
4910			between different releases.  Back out the
4911			change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive
4912			a timezone.  Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits
4913			of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
4914			and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications.
4915		Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy
4916			of Siemens/SNI.
4917		SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4918	CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper
4919		timezone.  Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical
4920		University of Brno.
4921	CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly
4922		when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local).  Patch from Neil W.
4923		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4924	CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on
4925		hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:.  Patch from
4926		Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4927	CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value.  Patch from
4928		Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
4929	CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet
4930		on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail.
4931		Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4932	CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would
4933		cause later checks to fail.  Patch from Paul J Murphy of
4934		MIDS Europe.
4935	New Files:
4936		BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
4937		BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX
4938		BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8
4939
49408.9.2/8.9.2	1998/12/30
4941	SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections
4942		due to an accept() failure.  This sleep could be used
4943		for a denial of service attack.
4944	Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long.
4945		Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
4946	Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent
4947		host status.  Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
4948		Corporation UK.
4949	Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories.
4950		Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society.
4951	Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault.
4952		Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham.
4953	Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the
4954		noetrn flag.  This is scheduled to change in a future
4955		version of sendmail.  Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of
4956		Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu
4957		Internet Services.
4958	When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX
4959		environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the
4960		default domain appended.  Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of
4961		Polderland Language & Speech Technology.
4962	Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e.
4963		'RCPT TO: (comment)'.  Problem noted by Earle Ake of
4964		Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
4965	Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec.  Patch from
4966		Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4967	Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent
4968		a segmentation fault.  Patch from Wayne Knowles of the
4969		National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd.
4970	Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address
4971		verification (-bv).  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
4972		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4973	Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the
4974		daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full
4975		condition.  Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet
4976		Internet Services.
4977	Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file
4978		in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist.  Problem
4979		noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University.
4980	Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception.
4981		Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for
4982		its memory pool.  Closing a map opened by another process
4983		will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the
4984		parent process leaving things in a bad state.  For
4985		Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process
4986		is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close
4987		the map file descriptor.  Thanks to Yoseff Francus of
4988		Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for
4989		extended testing.
4990	Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply
4991		failures.  Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal.
4992	On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such
4993		as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more),
4994		stop sending output and exit.  Patch from Allan E Johannesen
4995		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4996	In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures
4997		are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent
4998		failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition.
4999		Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and
5000		Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5001	Fix by one error reporting on long alias names.  Problem noted by
5002		H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education
5003		Network.
5004	Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior.  Problem
5005		noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory.
5006	When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME,
5007		be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that
5008		boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line.  Problem
5009		noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc.  Fix from
5010		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5011	Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer
5012		has enough space for the additional address.  Problem
5013		noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong.
5014	Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior.  Problem
5015		noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College.
5016	If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer,
5017		discard the current recipient.  Unlike check_relay,
5018		check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not
5019		discarded.  Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs.  Fix from
5020		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5021	Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with
5022		bogus formatting.  Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5023		Meteorological Institute.
5024	Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
5025	OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers.  Fix
5026		from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach.
5027	Portability:
5028		Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
5029		Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase
5030			option structure.  Problem noted by Ashley M.
5031			Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc.
5032		Break out IP address to hostname translation for
5033			reading network interface addresses into
5034			class 'w'.  Patch from John Kennedy of
5035			Cal State University, Chico.
5036		AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized
5037			from changing the semantics of the compiled
5038			program.  From Simon Travaglia of the
5039			University of Waikato, New Zealand.
5040		FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext().  From
5041			Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5042		FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5043		IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes.  From
5044			Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University.
5045		IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support.
5046		LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer
5047			of Sun Microsystems.
5048		Linux does not implement seteuid() properly.  From
5049			John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
5050		Linux timezone type was set improperly.  From Takeshi Itoh
5051			of Bits Co., Ltd.
5052		NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS.  From
5053			Tom J. Moore of NCR.
5054		NeXT 4.x correction to man page path.  From J. P. McCann
5055			of E I A.
5056		System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs)
5057			from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network
5058			Information Center.
5059		ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from
5060			Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
5061			Institute.
5062		Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr().  Fix from Henk
5063			van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau.
5064	CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying.
5065		Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc.  Fix from
5066		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5067	CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as
5068		there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may
5069		not be the one in use.  Suggested by Alan Brown of
5070		Manawatu Internet Services.
5071	CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2)
5072		when stripping down a recipient address to check for
5073		relaying.  Patch from Claus Assmann of
5074		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert
5075		of Northern Illinois University.
5076	CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups.  Patch
5077		from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
5078		Kiel.
5079	CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch
5080		Dot Com.
5081	CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning.  Patch
5082		from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
5083		Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5084	CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g.
5085		user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now
5086		checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is
5087		used.  Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
5088		Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and
5089		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5090	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP
5091		stream.  Do not allow more than one response per recipient.
5092	MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP.  Fix
5093		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5094	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP.  Fix from
5095		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5096	MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in
5097		the envelope From header.
5098	MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode.
5099		Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University.
5100	MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page.
5101		Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University.
5102	MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with
5103		the -s flag.  Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet
5104		Portal Services, Inc.
5105	PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the
5106		NULL byte at the end of the key.  Patch from John Beck of
5107		Sun Microsystems.
5108	PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
5109	New Files:
5110		BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5
5111		BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386
5112		cf/ostype/unixware7.m4
5113		contrib/smcontrol.pl
5114		src/control.c
5115
51168.9.1/8.9.1	1998/07/02
5117	If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic
5118		site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used
5119		instead of both.  Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of
5120		the Norwegian University of Science and Technology.
5121	Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME
5122		multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened
5123		file descriptor.  Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5124		Meteorological Institute.
5125	Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of
5126		the header area when parsing MIME headers.  Problem noted
5127		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5128	Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the
5129		installation commands.  The man pages would still be
5130		built with .0 extensions.  Problem noted by Bryan
5131		Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5132	Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment
5133		variable.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5134	If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages
5135		were still delivered.  Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK.
5136	Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error
5137		if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set.
5138		Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital.
5139	Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created
5140		in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead
5141		and then back.  Problem noted by Michael Miller of the
5142		University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg.
5143	Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is
5144		set in the PrivacyOptions option.  Fix from Ted Rule of
5145		Flextech TV.
5146	Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of
5147		bouncing the message.  Problem noted by David Lindes of
5148		DaveLtd Enterprises.
5149	Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to
5150		compilation.  Installation may be done from a read-only
5151		mount.  Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric
5152		Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc.
5153	Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit.  Problem
5154		noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc.
5155	Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory.  Problem noted
5156		by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems.
5157	Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if
5158		any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not
5159		exist.  Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online.
5160	Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by
5161		gethostbyname().  Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford
5162		University.
5163	If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the
5164		5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2.  Similarly, for
5165		non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the
5166		mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3.
5167		Suggested by Antony Bowesman of
5168		Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System.
5169	Portability:
5170		Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for
5171			use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms.
5172			From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development
5173			and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing.
5174		BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions.  From Jeff Polk
5175			of BSDI.
5176		DomainOS detection for Build.  Also, version 10.4 and later
5177			ship a unistd.h.  Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of
5178			PICT Inc.
5179		NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages.  From
5180			J. P. McCann of E I A.
5181		SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support.  From Vlado Potisk
5182			of TEMPEST, Ltd.
5183	CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for
5184		qualification.  Problem noted by Michiel Boland of
5185		Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from
5186		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5187	CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP,
5188		BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders.
5189		Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
5190	CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce
5191		messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>.  LMTP
5192		would not accept @@hostname.
5193	OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick
5194		Troxel of the National Institutes of Health.
5195	RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install'
5196		as this rmail isn't the same as others.  Suggested by
5197		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5198	New Files:
5199		BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4
5200
52018.9.0/8.9.0	1998/05/19
5202	SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally
5203		readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:,
5204		class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe
5205		(i.e., group or world writable) directory paths.  Sites
5206		which need the ability to override security can use the
5207		DontBlameSendmail option.  See the README file for more
5208		information.
5209	SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
5210		if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
5211		This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these
5212		world writable directories.
5213	SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if
5214		it is in a world writable directory.
5215	SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the
5216		tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input.
5217		Unfortunately this breaks -v mode.  Problem noted by
5218		Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
5219		IBM T.J. Watson Research.
5220	SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to
5221		prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group
5222		privileges.  Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
5223	SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and
5224		gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon
5225		that has a non-zero uid.  If none of these exist, sendmail
5226		reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1.
5227		This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that
5228		uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon.  If DefaultUser
5229		is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this
5230		default.
5231	SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries
5232		interfered with setting an alternate group id for the
5233		RunAsUser option.  Problem noted by Randall Winchester of
5234		the University of Maryland.
5235	Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.  Based on patch from John Kennedy
5236		of Cal State University, Chico.
5237	Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB).  Users
5238		which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the
5239		current version of Berkeley DB.
5240	Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex.
5241		From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
5242	Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod
5243		UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University
5244		of Maryland.
5245	Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1
5246		configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which
5247		do not have getusershell().  Fix from John Beck of Sun
5248		Microsystems.
5249	On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the
5250		argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the
5251		last argument was either "-q" or "-d".  Problem noted by
5252		Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart.
5253	Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and
5254		mail.local on the F=z flag.
5255	Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile.  Previously this was
5256		only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate
5257		macro expansion.  Now $x will be expanded.  This means that
5258		real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped.
5259	TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the
5260		reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails.
5261		Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and
5262		Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
5263		IBM T.J. Watson Research.
5264	DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t
5265		would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON.
5266		Problem noted by Claus Assmann of
5267		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5268	Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a
5269		valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM.  Fix from Andreas Luik
5270		of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH.
5271	Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules.  This eliminates
5272		the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $)
5273		to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized.
5274	Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of
5275		recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP
5276		transaction.  After this number is reached, sendmail
5277		starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT
5278		commands.  This can be used to limit the number of recipients
5279		per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server
5280		for spamming).  Note: a better approach is to restrict
5281		relaying entirely.
5282	Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option
5283		to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to
5284		avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers.
5285		Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University.
5286	Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters.  For example,
5287		'-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or
5288		bar in their address.  Patch from Allan E Johannesen of
5289		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
5290	The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if
5291		passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag.  This can be
5292		used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient
5293		of a message.  This can be used to help prevent relaying.
5294		Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
5295	Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the
5296		sender for those failures.
5297	Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by
5298		preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec
5299		has been determined.  Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of
5300		Technical University of Braunschweig.  Patch from Per Hedeland
5301		of Ericsson.
5302	Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty
5303		when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make
5304		output easier to decipher.  Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
5305		of Procter & Gamble.
5306	The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message
5307		given included the remainder of the arguments instead of
5308		solely the argument in error.  Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
5309		of Procter & Gamble.
5310	New DontBlameSendmail option.  This option allows administrators to
5311		bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense
5312		of system security.  This should only be used if you are
5313		absolutely sure you know the consequences.  The available
5314		DontBlameSendmail options are:
5315			Safe
5316			AssumeSafeChown
5317			ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath
5318			ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath
5319			GroupWritableDirPathSafe
5320			GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
5321			GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe
5322			GroupWritableAliasFile
5323			HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath
5324			WorldWritableAliasFile
5325			ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath
5326			IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath
5327			ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath
5328			IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath
5329			ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
5330			IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
5331			MapInUnsafeDirPath
5332			LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir
5333			LinkedClassFileInWritableDir
5334			LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir
5335			LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir
5336			LinkedMapInWritableDir
5337			LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir
5338			FileDeliveryToHardLink
5339			FileDeliveryToSymLink
5340			WriteMapToHardLink
5341			WriteMapToSymLink
5342			WriteStatsToHardLink
5343			WriteStatsToSymLink
5344			RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath
5345			RunWritableProgram
5346	New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the
5347		interface names in $=w on startup.  In particular, if you
5348		have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up
5349		startup.  However, unless you make other arrangements, mail
5350		sent to those addresses will be bounced.
5351	Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and
5352		AutoRebuildAliases is set.
5353	Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command.
5354		Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur.
5355	Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command.
5356	When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do
5357		a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup
5358		and compare results.  If they differ or if the PTR lookup
5359		fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address
5360		surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]).
5361	New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure
5362		(i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in
5363		contrast to the success case).
5364	New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax.  A config line
5365		of the form:
5366			HHeader: $>Ruleset
5367		causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header
5368		when read.  This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets --
5369		that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents.
5370	Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers
5371		from hiding their connection information in Received:
5372		headers.
5373	When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts
5374		are skipped.  This will cause the delivering process to
5375		try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX
5376		hosts are available.  Suggested by Alexander Litvin.
5377	The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the
5378		A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u.  It also
5379		obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME
5380		7/8 bit conversion flags.  This is useful for defining
5381		a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the
5382		recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail).
5383	Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost
5384		if the remote connection closes the socket before the
5385		remote identity can be queried.
5386	Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior.
5387		Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real
5388		uid is left unchanged by sendmail.  Problem noted by Per
5389		Hedeland of Ericsson.
5390	No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it
5391		is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ --
5392		some of the details are determined dynamically via
5393		BuildTools/bin/configure.sh.
5394	The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local,
5395		mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use
5396		the new Build method which creates an operating system
5397		specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools.
5398	Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e.,
5399		a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
5400		same host).  This is necessary if the remote host sends
5401		a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve
5402		as is common in anti-spam configurations.  Problem noted
5403		by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
5404	New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking
5405		rulesets.  If one of the above rulesets resolves to the
5406		$#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the
5407		message will be completely discarded after it is accepting.
5408		This means that even if only one of the recipients
5409		resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients
5410		will receive the mail.  Suggested by Brian Kantor.
5411	All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued
5412		instead of being delivered.  Problem noted by John Caruso
5413		of CNET: The Computer Network.
5414	Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking.
5415	Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to
5416		an error.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5417	Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a
5418		hostname via NetInfo.  Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG.
5419	Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port}
5420		macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent
5421		rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros.
5422		Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH.
5423	If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the
5424		error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used
5425		in the rejection message given to the remote machine.
5426		Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
5427	Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros
5428		before calling the check_relay ruleset.  Suggested by Scott
5429		Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
5430	Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an
5431		exit code of 79.  Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC
5432		Internet.  Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur
5433		Institute.
5434	Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by
5435		mail.local.
5436	Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g.,
5437		R$*	$( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $).  Patch from
5438		Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute.
5439	Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases
5440		which have owner- aliases.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
5441		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5442	Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in
5443		address test mode (-bt).  Problem noted by Bryan Costales
5444		of InfoBeat, Inc.
5445	-qR could sometimes match names incorrectly.  Problem noted by
5446		Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co.
5447	Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the
5448		mailstats command.
5449	Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the
5450		StatusFile for display by the mailstats command.  Patch
5451		from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland.
5452	IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the
5453		user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of
5454		username@site to differentiate the two.  Suggested by
5455		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5456	Enforce timeout for LDAP queries.  Patch from Per Hedeland of
5457		Ericsson.
5458	Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is
5459		replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes.  Also
5460		avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots.  Fix from
5461		Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC.
5462	If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new
5463		queue entry five times before giving up.  Previously, it
5464		was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition
5465		to run out of inodes.  Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of
5466		Stratus Computer, Inc.
5467	In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the
5468		currently supported version.
5469	Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive.  Patch
5470		from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland.
5471	Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option,
5472		the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if
5473		it contains characters which must be quoted.  Problem noted
5474		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5475	Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before
5476		releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2).
5477		In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable"
5478		message in error bounces.
5479	Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no
5480		accompanying text.  Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of
5481		Digital Equipment Corporation.
5482	Portability:
5483		AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura
5484			of Kyoto University.
5485		AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>.  Patch from
5486			Randall S. Winchester of the University of
5487			Maryland.
5488		AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS.
5489		CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing
5490			in Finland.
5491		Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free
5492			disk space.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
5493			the University of Maryland.
5494		HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and
5495			Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation.
5496		IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5497			Meteorological Institute.
5498		IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle
5499			of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory.
5500		IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI.
5501		IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI.
5502		QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>.
5503		SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links
5504			to sendmail.  Install with group bin instead of kmem
5505			as kmem does not exist.  From Guillermo Freige of
5506			Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul
5507			Fischer of BTG, Inc.
5508		SunOS 4.X does not include memmove().  Patch from
5509			Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5510		SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining
5511			load average.  Patch from John Beck of Sun
5512			Microsystems.
5513	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file.
5514	CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database
5515		map for the various maps.  The default is hash.  Patch from
5516		Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
5517	CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable
5518		directory for certain programs.
5519	CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for
5520		local mail delivery.  By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local
5521		is used.  This is expected to be the mail.local shipped
5522		with 8.9 which is LMTP capable.  The path is based on the
5523		new confEBINDIR m4 variable.
5524	CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for
5525		FEATURE(smrsh).  Note that this changes the default from
5526		/usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh.  To obtain the
5527		old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh).
5528	CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to
5529		include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow
5530		the user to setup different .forward files for
5531		user+detail addressing.
5532	CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES,
5533		and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage,
5534		DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options.
5535	CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail
5536		from outside your domain and sending it to another host
5537		outside your domain).
5538	CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from
5539		any site to any site.
5540	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your
5541		domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay.
5542	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on
5543		the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient.
5544	CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database
5545		feature.  This database gives you the ability to allow
5546		or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for
5547		administrative reasons.  By default, names that are listed
5548		as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names.
5549	CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file
5550		used for class 'R'.  Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains.
5551	CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file)
5552		to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay.
5553	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior
5554		of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual
5555		host names only.
5556	CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check).  Normally, if a recipient
5557		using % addressing is used, e.g.  user%site@othersite,
5558		and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset
5559		will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying.
5560		This feature changes that behavior.  It should not be
5561		needed for most installations.
5562	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the
5563		domain portion of the mail sender is a local host.  This
5564		should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens
5565		a window for spammers.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
5566		the University of Maryland.
5567	CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to
5568		block incoming mail destined for certain recipient
5569		usernames, hostnames, or addresses.
5570	CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be
5571		refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot
5572		be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS).
5573	CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts
5574		unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands.
5575	CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts
5576		MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain.
5577	CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the
5578		Realtime Blackhole List.  You can specify the RBL name
5579		server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument.
5580		The default is rbl.maps.vix.com.  For details, see
5581		http://maps.vix.com/rbl/.
5582	CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and
5583		Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and
5584		check_rcpt.  Users with local rulesets should place the
5585		rules using LOCAL_RULESETS.  If a Local_check_* ruleset
5586		returns $#OK, the message is accepted.  If the ruleset
5587		returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else
5588		the return of the ruleset is ignored.
5589	CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by
5590		default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries.
5591	CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can
5592		pick the proper default value.  See the SECURITY note
5593		above for more information.
5594	CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a
5595		no-op.  Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5596		Meteorological Institute.
5597	CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to
5598		daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope
5599		sender if run as mailnull.  See the Digital UNIX section
5600		of src/README for more information.  Problem noted by
5601		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5602	CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the
5603		.mc files instead of in the obj directory.
5604	CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER,
5605		confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for
5606		setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and
5607		MustQuoteChars respectively.
5608	MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout.  This
5609		SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery
5610		status on a per-user basis.  Code donated by John Myers of
5611		CMU (now of Netscape).
5612	MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the
5613		University of Maryland.  NOTE: mail.local is not
5614		compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format.  Be sure to
5615		read mail.local/README.
5616	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a
5617		mailbox lock.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the
5618		University of Maryland.
5619	MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State
5620		University, Chico.
5621	MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5622		Meteorological Institute.
5623	MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages
5624		in the StatusFile.  Patch from Randall Winchester of the
5625		University of Maryland.
5626	MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files
5627		such as linked files in world writable directories.
5628	MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.  Remove OLD_NEWDB support.
5629	PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.
5630	PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support.  Problem
5631		noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of
5632		Braunschweig.
5633	RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms.  Patches from
5634		Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and
5635		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5636	Changed Files:
5637		src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use
5638			the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*.
5639		src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build.
5640	New Files:
5641		BuildTools/M4/header.m4
5642		BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4
5643		BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4
5644		BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4
5645		BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4
5646		BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4
5647		BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4
5648		BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2
5649		BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x
5650		BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
5651		BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x
5652		BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5
5653		BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x
5654		BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x
5655		BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3
5656		BuildTools/OS/QNX
5657		BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7
5658		BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE
5659		BuildTools/README
5660		BuildTools/Site/README
5661		BuildTools/bin/Build
5662		BuildTools/bin/configure.sh
5663		BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh
5664		BuildTools/bin/install.sh
5665		Makefile
5666		cf/cf/Build
5667		cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf
5668		cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4
5669		cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4
5670		cf/feature/access_db.m4
5671		cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4
5672		cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4
5673		cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4
5674		cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4
5675		cf/feature/rbl.m4
5676		cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4
5677		cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4
5678		cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4
5679		cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4
5680		cf/ostype/qnx.m4
5681		contrib/doublebounce.pl
5682		mail.local/Build
5683		mail.local/Makefile.m4
5684		mail.local/README
5685		mailstats/Build
5686		mailstats/Makefile.m4
5687		makemap/Build
5688		makemap/Makefile.m4
5689		praliases/Build
5690		praliases/Makefile.m4
5691		rmail/Build
5692		rmail/Makefile.m4
5693		rmail/rmail.0
5694		smrsh/Build
5695		smrsh/Makefile.m4
5696		src/Build
5697		src/Makefile.m4
5698		src/snprintf.c
5699	Deleted Files:
5700		cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist)
5701		mail.local/Makefile
5702		mail.local/Makefile.dist
5703		mailstats/Makefile
5704		mailstats/Makefile.dist
5705		makemap/Makefile
5706		makemap/Makefile.dist
5707		praliases/Makefile
5708		praliases/Makefile.dist
5709		rmail/Makefile
5710		smrsh/Makefile
5711		smrsh/Makefile.dist
5712		src/Makefile
5713		src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2)
5714		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE
5715			(renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE)
5716		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform)
5717	Renamed Files:
5718		READ_ME => README
5719		cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile
5720		cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/*
5721		src/READ_ME => src/README
5722
57238.8.8/8.8.8	1997/10/24
5724	If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged
5725		incorrectly.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5726		Meteorological Institute.
5727	If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not
5728		add additional bounces to it.  Problem noted by Thomas J.
5729		Arseneault of SRI International.
5730	If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing
5731		connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode.
5732		Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
5733	Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them
5734		to internal form.  Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio.
5735	EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as
5736		User unknown with bogus delay= values.  Change them to log
5737		the same as compliant addresses.  Problem noted by Kari E.
5738		Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5739	Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace
5740		option for resolver.  Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind
5741		River Systems.
5742	If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a
5743		protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be
5744		closed but the persistent host status file would not be
5745		unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to
5746		that host.  Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5747	If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment
5748		the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery
5749		attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next
5750		queue run regardless of MinQueueAge.  Problem noted by
5751		Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
5752	Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and
5753		"Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged
5754		with the incorrect timestamp.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta
5755		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5756	Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
5757	Log null connections on dropped connections.  Problem noted by
5758		Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5759	If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and
5760		reopen the map.  Previously, they could give stale
5761		results during a single message processing (but would
5762		recover when the next message was received).  Fix from
5763		Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.
5764	Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY
5765		requests.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5766		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5767	Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad
5768		recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the
5769		message is accepted.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5770		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5771	Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to
5772		sendmail via a UNIX pipe.  This will allow rulesets using
5773		$&{client_name} to process without sending the string through
5774		dequote.  Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa.
5775	A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation,
5776		and the inability to save a bounce message to
5777		/var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce
5778		to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the
5779		queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the
5780		queue was run.  Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons
5781		Associates.
5782	Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS.  There are
5783		no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as
5784		sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this
5785		could cause confusing error messages.
5786	Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be
5787		rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad.  This
5788		behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not
5789		the entire message.  Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of
5790		SuperNet, Inc.
5791	Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file.  Suggested by
5792		Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5793	Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP
5794		mailers.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5795		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5796	An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses
5797		for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently
5798		dropped.
5799	Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via
5800		a HUP signal.  This will give room for the process title.
5801		Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5802	Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not
5803		support flock locking and runs out of processes during
5804		delivery.  Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan.
5805	Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821.
5806		Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
5807		Institute.
5808	Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the
5809		rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps
5810		are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases.
5811		Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University.
5812	Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for
5813		bounce messages.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of
5814		RUS University of Stuttgart.
5815	Minor lint fixes.
5816	Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map
5817		search returns an error.  This will allow sequenced maps which
5818		use other LDAP servers to be checked.  Fix from Booker Bense
5819		of Stanford University.
5820	When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do
5821		not pad bare linefeeds with a space.  Problem noted by Theo
5822		Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany.
5823	Portability:
5824		Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling
5825			conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of
5826			setproctitle().  Problem noted by Ted Roberts of
5827			Electronic Data Systems.
5828		AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation.  Reported by Jim
5829			Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services.
5830		BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined.
5831		Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves
5832			loader environment variables into the loader memory
5833			area.  If one of these environment variables (such as
5834			LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable,
5835			an invalid memory address would be used by the process
5836			title routine causing memory corruption.  Problem
5837			noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems.
5838		GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused
5839			chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does
5840			not permit file giveaways.  Problem noted by
5841			Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo.
5842		IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes.  Reported by
5843			Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
5844		Linux: Pad process title with NULLs.  Problem noted by
5845			Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5846		SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an
5847			incorrect value for the number of interfaces.
5848			Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet
5849			Services.
5850		SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald
5851			Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
5852		Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not
5853			used on a Solaris machine.  Problem noted by
5854			Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited.
5855		CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business
5856			Services VAS.
5857	MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
5858	CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff.
5859	OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of
5860			Ericsson.
5861
58628.8.7/8.8.7	1997/08/03
5863	If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with
5864		an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems
5865		except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at
5866		rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already
5867		exist would fail.  Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software
5868		GmbH.
5869	Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation.
5870		Problem noted by Fredrik J�nsson of the Royal Institute
5871		of Technology, Stockholm.
5872	Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(),
5873		some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these
5874		routines during compilation.  If using TCP Wrappers, assume
5875		that these routines are included as though they were in the
5876		C library.  Patch from Robert La Ferla.
5877	When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being
5878		used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the
5879		duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang.
5880		Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET.
5881	In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the
5882		mail was passed on without any recipient header.  This could
5883		cause problems downstream.  Problem noted by Xander Jansen
5884		of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum.
5885	Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail.  GDBM's locking and
5886		linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's
5887		locking and security checks.  Problems noted by Fyodor
5888		Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet.
5889	Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set.
5890	Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a
5891		gethostbyaddr found no value.  Also, ignore any returns
5892		from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad.
5893	If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as
5894		"may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much
5895		have to assume that the information is good.
5896	In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files
5897		open or locked.
5898	Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup.
5899	Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious
5900		errors during testing.
5901	Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name
5902		printed in the error message.
5903	If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or
5904		missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO.
5905	Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the
5906		DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or
5907		had a .forward file.  From Nik Conwell of Boston University.
5908	On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits
5909		file giveaway was undefined.  From Tetsu Ushijima of the
5910		Tokyo Institute of Technology.
5911	Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be
5912		lost (so only the header was delivered).  This only occurs
5913		on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue
5914		runner runs during a critical section in another message
5915		delivery.  Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of
5916		Results Computing.
5917	If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem
5918		(wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was
5919		exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried
5920		once, it would be tried on every queue run.  Problem noted
5921		by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
5922	If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure,
5923		include it when reporting that a file has changed after open.
5924		This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option).
5925		This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is
5926		theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after
5927		it is opened and replace it with another file that has the
5928		same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return
5929		garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file
5930		has changed.  As a practical matter this is not a security
5931		problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links,
5932		and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to
5933		have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number
5934		simultaneously.
5935	Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for
5936		use internally, and does not work at customer sites.
5937	Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single
5938		transaction to clear the entire transaction.  Problem
5939		noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
5940	Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without
5941		a trailing slash.  (And a pox on vendors that decide to
5942		ignore the established conventions!)  Problem noted by
5943		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5944	Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family
5945		(intended for IPv6).  Patches are from John Kennedy of
5946		CSU Chico.
5947	In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave
5948		an extra space at the beginning of some lines.  Problem
5949		noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based
5950		on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel.
5951	Portability:
5952		Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency
5953			with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition.  Note that
5954			the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should
5955			be used instead.
5956		AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>.  Patch from Gene Rackow
5957			of Argonne National Laboratory.
5958		OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
5959		RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
5960		SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c.  From
5961			James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd.
5962		Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail
5963			in Makefiles.
5964		Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from
5965			Makefiles.  Use NEWDB on Linux instead.
5966		NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl
5967			exists but behaves differently than other OSes.
5968			Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get
5969			around the problem.  Problem noted by Tom Moore of
5970			NCR Corp.
5971		HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API.  Problem
5972			noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
5973		UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro.  Problem
5974			noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information
5975			Resource Network
5976		SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of
5977			the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername,
5978			getsockname, and getsockopt.  Adds new compile flags
5979			SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.  Problem reported
5980			by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community
5981			Mental Health Center Residential Services.
5982		AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.
5983			Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric
5984			Corp.
5985		Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that
5986			#define both setjmp and longjmp.  Problem pointed out
5987			by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet.
5988		CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1)
5989			from Christopher Durham of SCO.
5990		CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to
5991			/etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual
5992			configuration.  Patch from Dennis Glatting of
5993			PlainTalk.
5994	CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long
5995		time.  Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions.  Suggested
5996		by Harry Styron.
5997	CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc.  These
5998		are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org.
5999	MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files.
6000	MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example,
6001		telling more details on what actually changed when "file
6002		changed after open".
6003	CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files.  Support multiple Fw
6004		files.
6005	CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'.
6006	NEW FILES:
6007		src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD
6008		src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0
6009		test/t_exclopen.c
6010		cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4
6011	DELETED FILES:
6012		Makefile
6013
60148.8.6/8.8.6	1997/06/14
6015	    *************************************************************
6016	    * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI	*
6017	    * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated.	*
6018	    * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward	*
6019	    * continued sendmail development.				*
6020	    *************************************************************
6021	SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open
6022		mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that
6023		points nowhere.  This makes it possible to create a root
6024		owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink
6025		into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check
6026		determined that the file did not exist.  The only verified
6027		example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL
6028		and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07.  Most
6029		systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create
6030		of a file disallows symbolic links.  Systems that have been
6031		verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD,
6032		DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris,
6033		and Ultrix.  This is a potential exposure on systems that
6034		have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias
6035		pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old
6036		mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter.
6037	SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
6038		if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
6039		If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it
6040		is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db
6041		(or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at
6042		another database; this can be used either to expose
6043		information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db
6044		and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack
6045		(by trashing the password database).  The fix disallows
6046		symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on
6047		maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on
6048		writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable
6049		directories to be fatal errors.  This does not represent an
6050		exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable
6051		system directories.
6052	SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard
6053		or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the
6054		path) is writable by anyone other than the owner.  This is
6055		similar to the previous case for user files.  This change
6056		should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent
6057		an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such
6058		files at other files that are readable only by the owner.
6059	SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they
6060		have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that
6061		are mounted from another system that allows owners to give
6062		away files.  The new rules are very strict, trusting file
6063		ownership only in those few cases where the system has
6064		been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary.
6065		However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially
6066		trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or
6067		group writable.  This might allow someone who has a legitimate
6068		:include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to
6069		become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a
6070		non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where
6071		the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is
6072		actually permitted.  I believe this to be a very small set
6073		of cases.  If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at
6074		NFS-mounted filesystems.
6075	SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option
6076		(e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set.
6077		Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha
6078		group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine.
6079		The user id was still set properly.  Problem noted by Uli
6080		Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin.
6081	Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the
6082		PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set.  Problem reported
6083		by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
6084	Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a
6085		failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
6086		same host).
6087	IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would
6088		affect any options that came after the route option.  Patch
6089		from Theo de Raadt.
6090	The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error
6091		back to the sender.  Problem reported by Stephen More of
6092		PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6093	Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead
6094		of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways.
6095		Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications.
6096	Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors
6097		occur at the beginning of the stream.  Patch contributed by
6098		Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6099	Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within
6100		a signal handler.  Problem noted by John Beck of Sun
6101		Microsystems.
6102	Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset
6103		will have the latest version of the map data.  Problem noted
6104		by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6105	If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message
6106		too large) don't send the bogus message.
6107	Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that
6108		have errors and have owner- aliases.  Problem noted by Michael
6109		Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6110	Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in
6111		multipart/mixed Content-Type: header.  Problem noted by
6112		Richard Muirden of RMIT University.
6113	Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the
6114		ErrorMode is not set to "print".  Fix from Gregory Neil
6115		Shapiro.
6116	Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map
6117		that could not be opened.  Based on a fix from John Beck of
6118		Sun Microsystems.
6119	If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to
6120		a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records
6121		pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message
6122		with a "host unknown" error.  Note that this should really
6123		be fixed in the zone file for the domain.  Problem noted by
6124		Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc.
6125	If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark
6126		the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue
6127		run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will
6128		retry immediately.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales of
6129		Mercury Mail.
6130	If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs
6131		will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached.
6132		"Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of
6133		Morgan Stanley.
6134	If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which
6135		sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue
6136		run, abort the queue run immediately.  Problem noted by
6137		Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
6138	The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size,
6139		number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was
6140		non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or
6141		none of the queue was processed.  The updated algorithm
6142		does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will
6143		not be run.
6144	If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to
6145		die immediately, never hold the error message for future
6146		printing.
6147	Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed
6148		regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the
6149		configuration file.  Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6150	New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3)
6151		routine available in one of the libraries.  Use it in conf.h.
6152	The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps.
6153	If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect
6154		this and reopen the map.  Previously, they could give
6155		erroneous results during a single message processing
6156		(but would recover when the next message was received).
6157	Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the
6158		files are at least ten minutes old.  This avoids a potential
6159		race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back
6160		a file descriptor.  The queue runner locks it and deletes it
6161		because it is zero length.  The creator then writes the
6162		descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the
6163		job goes away.  Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales.
6164	When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward
6165		(A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare
6166		results.  If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the
6167		address as "may be forged".
6168	Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any
6169		substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting;
6170		"substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN.
6171	Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count.
6172		This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open
6173		or write is ever actually attempted.  Patch from Villy Kruse
6174		of TwinCom.
6175	If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage
6176		allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter
6177		was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there
6178		is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce.
6179	Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape
6180		in the body.  Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton
6181		Plasma Physics Laboratory.
6182	Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses.
6183		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
6184		Institute.
6185	The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as
6186		documented.  Note that this increases the potential denial
6187		of service problems with this option: an attacker can
6188		connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well
6189		as incoming connections.  If you use this option, you should
6190		run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately
6191		to avoid this attack.  Failure to limit noted by Matthew
6192		Dillon of BEST Internet Communications.
6193	Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be
6194		opened instead of failing silently.  Suggested by Gregory
6195		Neil Shapiro.  This change makes the code match the O'Reilly
6196		book (2nd edition).
6197	Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1
6198		if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce
6199		instead of queueing.  Treat this like TRY_AGAIN.  Fix from
6200		John Beck of SunSoft.
6201	If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry
6202		in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer.
6203		Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems.
6204	Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out
6205		of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened.
6206	Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in
6207		immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die.
6208	Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping.  Patch
6209		from Villy Kruse of TwinCom.
6210	Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes.  Previously these were
6211		partially processed, which could cause confusing error
6212		returns.
6213	Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups
6214		on some architectures.
6215	Portability:
6216		A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC.
6217		glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum,
6218			thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM.  Only option seems
6219			to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
6220			defined.  Problem reported by A Sun of the University
6221			of Washington.
6222		Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on
6223			the system rather than guessing at compile time.
6224			Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
6225		Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University.
6226		GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project.
6227		RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation.
6228		ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked.
6229			Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition,
6230			but there appears to be no fix for this.  Patch from
6231			Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6232		BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy.
6233		Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the
6234			high order bit set to apparently randomly match
6235			letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I".
6236			Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of
6237			Cambridge.
6238		IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x.  From
6239			Kari Hurtta.
6240		IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be
6241			IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular
6242			IRIX Makefile).
6243		IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels.
6244			Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6245	CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses
6246		even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set.  Problem pointed out by
6247		Brian Candler.
6248	CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all
6249		local names as local.  Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI;
6250		fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6251	CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other
6252		"mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value
6253		for the $h macro.  Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6254	CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a
6255		MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY.  Patch from Philip
6256		Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
6257	CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable);
6258		rules are the same as for aliasing.  Based on a patch from
6259		Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6260	CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should
6261		have no functional change in this release, but makes it
6262		possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future.
6263	CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the
6264		HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name.
6265		In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack.
6266		Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from
6267		Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6268	CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for
6269		MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:,
6270		don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit).  Suggestions
6271		from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler.
6272	CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were
6273		being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain)
6274		was specified, even when it wasn't.
6275	MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf.  From John Beck of SunSoft.
6276	MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't
6277		"slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the
6278		exclusive open.  This is only a problem on System V derived
6279		systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are
6280		symbolic links pointing nowhere.
6281	MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was
6282		not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause
6283		later mailboxes to fail.  Also, any partial message would
6284		not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries.
6285		Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD
6286		developers).
6287	MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0.  A similar
6288		change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3.  Problem
6289		noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6290	MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are
6291		symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is
6292		often run as root and hence has the potential for the same
6293		sorts of problems as alias rebuilds.
6294	MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on
6295		NEXTSTEP.
6296	CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf.
6297		Accept an optional list of arguments following the server
6298		name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w).  Other
6299		miscellaneous bug fixes.  From Christian von Roques via
6300		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
6301	CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta.  This
6302		Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd
6303		file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name
6304		lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root)
6305		for system accounts.
6306	NEW FILES:
6307		src/safefile.c
6308		cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4
6309		cf/ostype/irix6.m4
6310		contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl
6311		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1
6312		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x
6313	RENAMED FILES:
6314		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 =>	Makefile.IRIX.6.x
6315		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 =>	Makefile.IRIX64.6.0
6316
63178.8.5/8.8.5	1997/01/21
6318	SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup.  Without this, sendmail
6319		will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller,
6320		even if RunAsUser is specified.
6321	SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only.  This is not in response
6322		to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative.
6323		Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
6324	SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible
6325		security implications.  Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the
6326		University of Pennsylvania.
6327	Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'")
6328		would truncate the address after "Full".  Although the -f
6329		syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it
6330		shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode
6331		was unnecessarily awful.
6332	Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data
6333		to a 7-bit format.  Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of
6334		Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom.
6335	Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue
6336		runs.  Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for
6337		final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes
6338		it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7
6339		bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr.
6340		Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6341	_Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database
6342		module.  Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6343	Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only
6344		files if the configuration file is safe.  Based on a
6345		patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
6346	ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue
6347		run completed.  Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK
6348		Semiconductor Corp.
6349	It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library
6350		does _not_ log rejected connections.  Do the logging ourselves.
6351		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas
6352		at Austin.
6353	If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown
6354		version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the
6355		error is reported on every queue run.  Change it to only
6356		give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf).  Patch from
6357		William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
6358	Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it
6359		ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused
6360		some problems if a background process tried to send mail
6361		under certain circumstances.  Problem noted by Eric Hagberg
6362		of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta.
6363	Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current
6364		load average is >= the queueing load average.  Previously
6365		the check factored in some other parameters that caused it
6366		to essentially never skip the queue run.  Patch from Bryan
6367		Costales.
6368	If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is
6369		rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND
6370		(25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting
6371		you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack.  Based
6372		on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL.
6373	Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued;
6374		this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks.
6375		The current values and defaults are:
6376		    MAXNOOPCOMMANDS	20	NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
6377		    MAXHELOCOMMANDS	3	HELO, EHLO
6378		    MAXVRFYCOMMANDS	6	VRFY, EXPN
6379		    MAXETRNCOMMANDS	8	ETRN
6380		These will probably be configurable in a future release.
6381	On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs
6382		that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with
6383		the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged.
6384	In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored.  Problem noted
6385		by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6386	Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on
6387		the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last
6388		line dropped.  Since this appears to be illegal it isn't
6389		clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems
6390		to be a better "fail soft" approach.  Based on a patch from
6391		Eric Hagberg.
6392	If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a
6393		bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO
6394		first" error message.  Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas
6395		of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft.
6396	Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set
6397		in PrivacyOptions.  The -q shouldn't turn this command off.
6398		Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet;
6399		based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6400	Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation)
6401		in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because
6402		a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go
6403		through.  Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet
6404		Communications.
6405	In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they
6406		had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender.
6407		Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from
6408		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6409	Give better diagnostics on long alias lines.  Based on code contributed
6410		by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge.
6411	Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for
6412		alternate names.  Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net.
6413	PORTABILITY:
6414		UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from
6415			Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited.
6416		SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval.
6417			Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation.
6418		SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
6419		Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used.
6420			Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC
6421			(Moscow).
6422		OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org.
6423		Altos System V: from Tim Rice.
6424		Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft.
6425		Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft.
6426		Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli
6427			of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>.
6428	CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax
6429		_just_right_ yet.  Tweak it again.  I'll omit the names
6430		of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case.
6431		As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the
6432		Received: line.
6433	CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E),
6434		it never inserts that class into the output file.  Fix it
6435		so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root
6436		automatically in this class.  Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL
6437		of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'�cole Nationale
6438		Sup�rieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP).
6439	CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications
6440		such as LUSER_RELAY.  This change permits the following
6441		syntaxes:  ``local:'' will send to the same user on the
6442		local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host",
6443		``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to
6444		go to user on the local machone).  ``local:user'' will send
6445		to the named user on the local machine.  ``local:user@host''
6446		is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored).  In
6447		all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the
6448		detail information).  Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr.
6449	CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host
6450		indication.  This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY
6451		to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''.  Note the use
6452		of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted.
6453		Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6454	OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a
6455		NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET).
6456		Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam.
6457	OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on
6458		a duplex printer.  From Matthew Black of Cal State University,
6459		Long Beach.
6460
64618.8.4/8.8.4	1996/12/02
6462	SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional
6463		permissions by hard linking to files that were group
6464		writable by the attacker.  The solution is to disallow any
6465		files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward,
6466		:include:, and output files.  Problem noted by Terry
6467		Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services.  As a
6468		workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea.
6469	SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it
6470		is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on
6471		MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list.  There
6472		is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default).
6473		Problem noted by Dan Bernstein.  Also, make the DontInitGroups
6474		unsafe.  I know of no specific attack against this, although
6475		a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory
6476		you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects
6477		the permissions that are used when mail is delivered.
6478	Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status
6479		directories somehow became empty.  Problem noted by Roy
6480		Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6481	Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition.
6482		This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged.
6483		Problem noted by several people.
6484	On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX
6485		and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451
6486		SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes".  Problem noted
6487		by several people.
6488	Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting
6489		gcc to high warning levels).  From Tom Moore of NCR Corp.
6490	SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should
6491		not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the
6492		message rather than the host.  Problem noted by Matt Dillon
6493		of Best Internet Communications.
6494	The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers.  Problem noted by Tom Moore
6495		of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions).
6496	Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion
6497		(including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has
6498		had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent
6499		to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain.
6500		Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor.
6501	If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be
6502		rescheduled (so queue runs would stop).  Patch from Don Lewis.
6503	Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP
6504		status code.  Problem noted by Don Lewis.
6505	Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly.
6506		Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6507	Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not
6508		already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the
6509		K line, and the documentation.  Inconsistency pointed out
6510		by Roy Mongiovi.
6511	Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode.  Patch from
6512		Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6513	Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously
6514		it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which
6515		caused stale information to be maintained.  Based on a patch
6516		from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc.  Also, have
6517		ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option.
6518	Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty
6519		host status file condition.  Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori
6520		of Kyoto University.
6521	Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race
6522		conditions from Don Lewis.
6523	Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some
6524		compile errors).  This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into
6525		0/1 compilation flags.  Note that DAEMON is an obsolete
6526		compile flag; use NETINET instead.  Solution based on a
6527		patch from Bryan Costales.
6528	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6529		AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the
6530			/etc/security/passwd file when called as root.  This
6531			is very slow on some systems.  To speed it up, use the
6532			(undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines.
6533			Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group.
6534		SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile.  Patch from Bill
6535			Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service.
6536		NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile.  Patch
6537			from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University.
6538		SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems.  Patches from Andrew Cole of
6539			Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University
6540			of Tokyo.
6541		DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support
6542			Services, Inc.
6543		Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp.
6544			I believe this to have only been a problem if you
6545			compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason
6546			to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path.
6547		Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from
6548			Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universit�t Wien.
6549	CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather
6550		than one long one.  By popular demand.
6551	MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems.  Patch
6552		from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley.
6553	MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs
6554		to take a very long time.  Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA
6555		of NTT Software Corporation.
6556	CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck.
6557	NEW FILES:
6558		contrib/etrn.pl
6559
65608.8.3/8.8.3	1996/11/17
6561	SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail
6562		about argv[0] and then sending it a signal.  Problem noted
6563		by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the
6564		best-of-security list.
6565	Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level
6566		(%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this
6567		should make it clearer to people that they are running
6568		the wrong binary.
6569	Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then
6570		do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at
6571		the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report
6572		"451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes".  Problem
6573		noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech.
6574	When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts
6575		lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry
6576		with space at the end of the line.  Problem noted by Steve
6577		Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6578	7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text.
6579		Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
6580	Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet
6581		size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver
6582		answers containing very many resource records.  The resolver
6583		may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet
6584		overflow.  Also, allow for the fact that the resolver
6585		routines res_query and res_search return the size of the
6586		*un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it
6587		not big enough to accommodate the entire answer.  Patch from
6588		Eric Wassenaar.
6589	Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code.  If you think you have too
6590		many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they
6591		are still around.  Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc.
6592		Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children
6593		pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely
6594		due to a race condition.  Problem reported by Kyle Jones of
6595		UUNET.
6596	On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines
6597		O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into
6598		thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open.
6599		Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero.  Problem noted by
6600		Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege.
6601	Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to
6602		allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without
6603		it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored.  Patch from
6604		Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch.
6605	Improvements to host status printing code.  Suggested by Steve Hubert
6606		of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6607	Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age
6608		when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this
6609		avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups.
6610		Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc.
6611	When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being
6612		properly escaped.  Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the
6613		University of Linkoping.
6614	In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue
6615		runs even if RunAsUser was set.  Problem noted by Mark
6616		Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
6617	If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is
6618		actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in
6619		the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then
6620		the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the
6621		other end.
6622	The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the
6623		user id was numeric.  Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of
6624		MCI Telecommunications Communications.
6625	If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of
6626		the message was included in the bounce.  Note that this did
6627		not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size.  Problem
6628		reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6629	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6630		AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the
6631			AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which
6632			works on 4.1 as well as 4.2.  Problem noted by
6633			H�kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden.
6634		AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name.
6635			Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University.
6636		MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support.
6637			Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>.
6638		Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average.
6639			This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE.
6640			The outline of the implementation was contributed
6641			by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow.
6642		HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward
6643			declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h;
6644			change it to only be included if you are using gcc,
6645			which is apparently the only compiler that requires
6646			it in the first place.  Problem noted by Jeff
6647			Earickson of Colby College.
6648		IRIX: don't default to using gcc.  IRIX is a civilized
6649			operating system that comes with a decent compiler
6650			by default.  Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and
6651			Kari Hurtta.
6652	CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for
6653		consistency with other local mailers.  Inconsistency
6654		pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>.
6655	CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS
6656		overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the
6657		domain part was dropped from the name.  Patch from Steve
6658		Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6659	CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could
6660		end up being translated to the null host name, which would
6661		return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end
6662		of the line.  Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the
6663		University of Washington, Seattle.
6664	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4).  From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer
6665		Polytechnic Institute.
6666	MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance.
6667		Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications.
6668	NEW FILES:
6669		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc
6670		cf/ostype/aix4.m4
6671		cf/ostype/mklinux.m4
6672
66738.8.2/8.8.2	1996/10/18
6674	SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch
6675		changed the code but didn't fix the problem.
6676	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6677		Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can
6678			apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances.
6679			Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc.
6680	OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted
6681		from this document.  These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9.
6682	CONFIG: no changes.
6683
66848.8.1/8.8.1	1996/10/17
6685	SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will
6686		examine during queue runs and daemon mode.  Problem noted
6687		by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago.
6688	SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain
6689		message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back
6690		to 8 bits.  This caused core dumps and has the potential
6691		for a remote attack.  Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro
6692		of WPI.
6693	Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't
6694		have flock(2) support.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura of
6695		Kyoto University.
6696	Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options.  If this option is null (as
6697		opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs
6698		on illegal host names.
6699	If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in
6700		the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the
6701		final line.  Problem noted by Pierre David.
6702	If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot
6703		setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems.
6704		Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc.
6705	Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would
6706		be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent
6707		to (say) mail-back.  Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6708	If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long
6709		term host status.  This is necessary because it is common
6710		to do this when you know a host has just come back up.
6711	Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section
6712		4.2.  Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the
6713		University of Leicester.
6714	If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the
6715		service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail
6716		would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found
6717		in the map.  This caused the message to be queued instead of
6718		bouncing immediately.  Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the
6719		University of Washington.
6720	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6721		Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c.  Several
6722			people pointed this out.
6723		NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT.
6724		AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South
6725			Dakota School of Mines & Technology.
6726	CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable.
6727		Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr.
6728	CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set
6729		using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they
6730		were also in $=w.  Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of
6731		Softec.
6732	MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX.  Based
6733		on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6734	MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP.  From Patrick Nolan
6735		of Stanford via Robert La Ferla.
6736
67378.8.0/8.8.0	1996/09/26
6738	Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly
6739		deleted.  Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision.
6740	Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full
6741		pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working.  I was
6742		urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia).
6743	Fix small buffer overflow.  Since the data in this buffer was not
6744		read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact
6745		probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers).  Pointed
6746		out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University.
6747	Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored
6748		if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file
6749		-- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original
6750		host was accessible.  Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of
6751		NSC (Japan).
6752	A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not
6753		have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue,
6754		causing SMTP to hang.  Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6755	The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was
6756		incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the
6757		semantics of binding on a passive socket.  Patch from
6758		NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute.
6759	Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better
6760		handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which
6761		has 13 at the moment (and climbing).  In order to avoid
6762		trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been
6763		slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means
6764		that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size
6765		of those records could not exceed 128 bytes.  Requested by
6766		Brad Knowles of America On Line.
6767	Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER".
6768		Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley.
6769	Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging
6770		printout.
6771	Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output.
6772	Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between
6773		square braces.
6774	Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver();
6775		this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems
6776		to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!).
6777	DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs;
6778		this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost.  Problem
6779		pointed out by Claus Assmann of the
6780		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
6781	The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in
6782		some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure)
6783		would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were
6784		concerned.  Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
6785	Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in
6786		the initial run.  Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of
6787		Dandelion Digital.
6788	Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting
6789		results that may come from NIS and DNS.
6790	4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't
6791		include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few
6792		things like /var/tmp.  Reported by Matthew Green.
6793	Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all
6794		values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent,
6795		which was interpreted as normal.  Patch from Bryan Costales.
6796	The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps
6797		since 8.7.2.  Fix from Bryan Costales.
6798	Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as
6799		Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded
6800		as base64).  The class can have primary types (e.g., "text")
6801		or full types (e.g., "text/plain").  Based on a suggestion by
6802		Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland.
6803	Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN
6804		dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers.
6805	Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the
6806		BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in
6807		mailers.
6808	Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q
6809		flag is set in the mailer descriptor.  Suggested by John
6810		Myers of CMU.
6811	Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host.
6812		The command takes a host name; data for that host is
6813		immediately (and asynchronously) flushed.  Because this shares
6814		the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but
6815		there should be no security implications.  Implementation
6816		from John Beck of InReference, Inc.  See RFC 1985 for details.
6817	Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid
6818		(equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret
6819		(equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify
6820		(equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command).  Note
6821		that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way
6822		to specify per-address notifications on the command line,
6823		nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address
6824		parameter.
6825	Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased);
6826		apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7
6827		and made it unsafe.  Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the
6828		University of Maryland.
6829	New logging on log level 15:  all SMTP traffic.  Patches from
6830		Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center.
6831	NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found
6832		a match.  This was causing the wrong values to be found (and
6833		had a memory leak).  Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin.
6834	Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups.  It was pointed
6835		out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't
6836		use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since
6837		that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient
6838		address used for delivery.  The simple fix (stripping off the
6839		brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal
6840		addresses.  This flag will solve that problem.
6841	Add MustQuoteChars option.  This is a list of characters that must
6842		be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address
6843		(that is, the full name part).  The characters @,;:\()[] are
6844		always in this list and cannot be removed.  The default is
6845		this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822.
6846	Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands
6847		that do not include a host name for back compatibility with
6848		some stupid SMTP clients.  Setting this violates RFC 1123
6849		section 5.2.5.
6850	Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start
6851		rejecting connections if it has more than this many
6852		outstanding children accepting mail.  Note that you may
6853		see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this
6854		is for incoming connections only.
6855	Add ConnectionRateThrottle option.  If set to a positive value, the
6856		number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted
6857		in a single second is limited to this number.  Connections are
6858		not refused during this time, just deferred.  The intent is to
6859		flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in.
6860		It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop
6861		accepting connections even if all the connections are idle
6862		(e.g., due to connection caching).
6863	Add Timeout.hoststatus option.  This interval (defaulting to 30m)
6864		specifies how long cached information about the state of a
6865		host will be kept before they are considered stale and the
6866		host is retried.  If you are using persistent host status
6867		(i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply
6868		between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue
6869		run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues
6870		that take a very long time to run.
6871	Add SingleLineFromHeader option.  If set, From: headers are coerced
6872		into being a single line even if they had newlines in them
6873		when read.  This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes.
6874	Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last
6875		item in a table it would be truncated.  Problem noted by
6876		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6877	Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when
6878		-v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information
6879		to be displayed.  Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6880	Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously
6881		this was treated as end-of-input.  Problem noted by Bryan
6882		Costales.
6883	The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written
6884		to the queue file.  Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic
6885		Technologies, Inc.
6886	Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise
6887		if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays.
6888		Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T.
6889	If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple
6890		values for a given key, the database cursor would get
6891		trashed by the recursive call.  Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi
6892		of Georgia Tech.  Fixed by reading all the values and creating
6893		a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat
6894		different for this case.
6895	Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when
6896		HES_GETMAILHOST is defined.  Based on a patch by Betty Lee
6897		of Stanford University.
6898	When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and
6899		there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of
6900		the owners would get the message.  Problem pointed out by
6901		Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6902	Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined
6903		in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X.  Problem
6904		noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar.
6905	When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in
6906		some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines.  Fix from
6907		Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6908	When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun
6909		failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice
6910		that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned.  Noted
6911		by Casper Dik of Sun Holland.
6912	Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that
6913		have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an
6914		error return of -1 doesn't work.  Use INADDR_NONE instead.
6915		This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce
6916		or get dropped.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the
6917		Pasteur Institute.
6918	DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase
6919		rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but
6920		the detailed status information would be wrong.  Problem noted
6921		by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company.
6922	Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating
6923		that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission.  The flag current
6924		does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using
6925		these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS
6926		canonification.
6927	Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines)
6928		to \r\n on SMTP mailers.  Default remains \n on non-SMTP
6929		mailers.
6930	Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers
6931		to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't
6932		misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line
6933		termination.  This will affect anyone who has redefined
6934		either of these in their configuration file.
6935	Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query;
6936		responses can be newline terminated.  From Terry Kennedy of
6937		St. Peter's College.
6938	Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have
6939		$#mailer with nothing following.  From Bryan Costales.
6940	Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue.
6941		Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University.
6942	Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros.  Fix
6943		from Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6944	After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before
6945		processing each one.  This avoids a certain form of denial
6946		of service attack.  Potential attack pointed out by Bryan
6947		Costales.
6948	Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity
6949		checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and
6950		check_rcpt for RCPT commands.  These rulesets can do anything
6951		they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the
6952		$#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed
6953		and the command is rejected.  Similarly, the check_compat
6954		ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr"
6955		(the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses);
6956		it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient"
6957		notification.  Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone
6958		in rulesets.
6959	Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port}
6960		that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively)
6961		of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of
6962		the connection.  These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to
6963		verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your
6964		host inappropriately.  Be sure to use the deferred evaluation
6965		form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound
6966		when sendmail reads the configuration file.
6967	Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection
6968		information.  Like check_compat, it is passed the host name
6969		and host address separated by $| and can reject connections
6970		on that basis.
6971	Allow IDA-style recursive function calls.  Code contributed by Mark
6972		Lovell and Paul Vixie.
6973	Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create
6974		a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k
6975		macro.  Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul
6976		Vixie.
6977	Add Stanford LDAP map.  Requires special libraries that are not
6978		included with sendmail.  Contributed by Booker C. Bense
6979		<bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support.
6980		See also the src/READ_ME file.
6981	Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this
6982		puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video.  Really useful
6983		only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to
6984		distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the
6985		two characters $, +.
6986	Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset,
6987		debug_dumpstate.
6988	Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include:
6989		files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that
6990		is, programs and files referenced from such files are not
6991		valid recipients.
6992	Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a
6993		name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal.  Problem
6994		noted by Tom May.
6995	Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate
6996		permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a
6997		single message it could be confusing.  Suggested by John
6998		Beck of InReference, Inc.
6999	The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated
7000		with CRLF.  Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure
7001		Computing Corporation.
7002	Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in
7003		message headers.  Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best
7004		Internet Communications.
7005	Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are
7006		used internally, very strange errors can occur if those
7007		characters appear in headers.  Problem noted by Anders Gertz
7008		of Lysator.
7009	Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions.  This only takes place if the
7010		recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on
7011		text/plain body types.  Code contributed by Marius Olafsson
7012		of the University of Iceland.
7013	Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower
7014		case in alias files regardless of configuration settings;
7015		this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or
7016		"POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster".  In most cases
7017		this change is a no-op.
7018	The -o map flag was ignored for text maps.  Problem noted by Bryan
7019		Costales.
7020	The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps.  Problem noted by
7021		Bryan Costales.
7022	Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no
7023		response.  Patch from Bryan Costales.
7024	Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections
7025		on LogLevel 14.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7026	Include port number in process title for network daemons.  Suggested
7027		by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7028	Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error
7029		message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress
7030		option (default: postmaster).  Previously they were always
7031		sent to postmaster.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7032	Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that
7033		it runs in foreground.  This is useful for using with a
7034		wrapper that "watches" system services.  Suggested by Kyle
7035		Jones of UUNET.
7036	Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses
7037		when the comment comes before the address.  Patch from
7038		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
7039	Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages
7040		that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned
7041		mail".  This permits the person who is postmaster more
7042		easily determine what messages are to their role as
7043		postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent.  Based
7044		on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura.
7045	Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue
7046		to be sorted strictly by the time of submission.  Note that
7047		this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because
7048		large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with
7049		heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that
7050		are down delay processing of new jobs).  Also, this does not
7051		guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order
7052		unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue.  In general, it should
7053		probably only be used on the command line, and only in
7054		conjunction with -qRhost.domain.  In fact, there are very few
7055		cases where it should be used at all.  Based on an
7056		implementation by Motonori Nakamura.
7057	If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in
7058		the same manner as other rulesets.  Previously a temporary
7059		failure in ruleset 5 was ignored.  Patch from Booker Bense
7060		of Stanford University.
7061	Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a
7062		5yz (permanent failure) code.  The next MX host will still be
7063		tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place
7064		or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code.
7065		(It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor
7066		RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.)
7067		Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc.
7068	Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file).
7069		This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g.,
7070		name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the
7071		message.  This should only be used if your configuration file
7072		is prepared to do something sensible in this case.  Based on
7073		an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
7074	Fix problem finding network interface addresses.  Patch from
7075		Motonori Nakamura.
7076	Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if
7077		you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of
7078		certain kinds of firewall setups difficult.  Patch
7079		suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm.
7080	Add persistent host status.  This keeps the information normally
7081		maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are
7082		shared between sendmail instances.  The HostStatusDirectory
7083		is the directory in which the information is maintained.  If
7084		not set, persistent host status is turned off.  If not a full
7085		pathname, it is relative to the queue directory.  A common
7086		value is ".hoststat".
7087		There are also two new operation modes:
7088		  * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent
7089		    connections.
7090		  * -bH purges the host statuses.  No attempt is made to save
7091		    recent status information.
7092		This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie
7093		Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of
7094		Bigrock Consulting.  Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience
7095		with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8
7096		framework is gratefully appreciated.
7097	New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to
7098		operate).  Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine
7099		open connections to the same remote host at the same time.
7100		This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to
7101		be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge
7102		message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small
7103		messages).  Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the
7104		lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce
7105		ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process
7106		file descriptors.  Based on the persistent host status code
7107		contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell.
7108	Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the
7109		SafeFileEnvironment option is set.  Problem noted by Bryan
7110		Costales.
7111	The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue
7112		file.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
7113	If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
7114		the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be
7115		left around; these would collect in the queue directory.
7116		Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
7117	Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles
7118		based on release number.  For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will
7119		search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then
7120		Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g.,
7121		adding $arch).  Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta
7122		Webmasters.
7123	When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower
7124		case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on
7125		the map itself.  Previously this was done based on the F=u
7126		flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases
7127		that you could never access.  Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC.
7128	When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on
7129		failure or delay were always set.  This caused those
7130		notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been
7131		specified.  Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University
7132		of Washington, Seattle.
7133	Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c).  This
7134		lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from
7135		this host.  If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return
7136		"550 Access denied".  -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for
7137		TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line.
7138		(See src/READ_ME for details.)
7139	Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster
7140		bounces.  Some people seemed to think that this could be
7141		confusing (even though it is true).  Suggested by Motonori
7142		Nakamura.
7143	Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that
7144		user early in processing to avoid potential security problems.
7145		However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must
7146		be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be
7147		writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that
7148		user.  It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment
7149		option.  In other words, it may not actually add much to
7150		security.  However, it should be useful on firewalls and other
7151		places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is
7152		well constrained.
7153	Add Timeout.iconnect.  This is like Timeout.connect except it is used
7154		only on the first attempt to delivery to an address.  It could
7155		be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that
7156		the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less
7157		responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run.
7158	Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs
7159		(such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected
7160		to a UDP port.  It also created some signal handling problems.
7161		The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2)
7162		and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+.  I am
7163		indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix.
7164	Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery
7165		will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup.  This adds
7166		fuzzy matching to the user map.  Patch from Dan Oscarsson.
7167	The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a
7168		denial-of-service attack.  Problem noted by Christophe
7169		Wolfhugel.
7170	Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed"
7171		notification.  Suggested by Barry Bouwsma.
7172	Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy
7173		option is set, since this disables VERB mode.  Suggested
7174		by John Hawkinson of MIT.
7175	Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set.  Problem noted
7176		by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
7177	Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there
7178		were no successful opens.  The previous behavior caused it
7179		to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found.  Problem
7180		noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems
7181		and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore.
7182	Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that
7183		is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion;
7184		the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop.
7185		Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington.
7186	Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value
7187		instead of 0644.  Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the
7188		National University of Singapore.
7189	Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery.  This helps
7190		detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the
7191		system can't cope with.
7192	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7193		Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western
7194			Atlas International.
7195		Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell
7196			<bicknell@ufp.org>.
7197		On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only
7198			work on the first recipient of a message due to a
7199			bug in the getpwent family.  If this is something you
7200			use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a
7201			workaround.  From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C.
7202			Bernstein and Associates.
7203		FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing
7204			parentheses, which breaks makesendmail.  Reported
7205			by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>.
7206		Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of
7207			Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
7208		Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because
7209			it is system-dependent.  Problem noted by J.J. Bailey
7210			of Bailey Computer Consulting.
7211		Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of
7212			Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
7213		HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the
7214			U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited.
7215		NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew.
7216		SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
7217		IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of
7218			Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
7219			Institute.
7220		UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R.
7221			Lopez, CICA (Seville).
7222		NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR.
7223		PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor
7224			Employment Standards Administration.
7225		Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents.
7226		Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster
7227			Jr.
7228		NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases)
7229			from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting.
7230		ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler)
7231			from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
7232		Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand.
7233		NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla.
7234		NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT.
7235		Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis
7236			of the University of Arizona.
7237		Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid.  Noted by David Linn of
7238			Vanderbilt University.
7239		Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh.
7240			Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist;
7241			this auto-detects.  Based on a patch from Randall
7242			Winchester of the University of Maryland.
7243	CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file.  Contributed by
7244		Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
7245	CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message''
7246		(where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously
7247		worked only on hosts).  Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all
7248		Foundation.
7249	CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals.
7250	CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that
7251		if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this
7252		should be transparent for most everyone.  Suggested by John
7253		Myers of CMU.
7254	CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade).  Without this feature, any
7255		domain listed in $=w is masqueraded.  With it, only those
7256		domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded.
7257	CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain).  This causes
7258		masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all
7259		hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers
7260		themselves.  For example, if a configuration had
7261		MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only
7262		foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be
7263		masqueraded as well.  Based on an implementation by Richard
7264		(Pug) Bainter of U. Texas.
7265	CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of
7266		outgoing addresses.  Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''.
7267		Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses.  Yes,
7268		this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out
7269		just when to use which one may be tricky.  Based on code
7270		contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates
7271		from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7272	CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of
7273		incoming addresses.  Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''.
7274		Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host
7275		part (with the @ sign).  For example, a table containing:
7276			info@foo.com	foo-info
7277			info@bar.com	bar-info
7278			@baz.org	jane@elsewhere.net
7279		would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info
7280		(which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com
7281		to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will
7282		be sent to jane@elsewhere.net.  The names foo.com, bar.com,
7283		and baz.org must all be in $=w.  Based on discussions with
7284		a great many people.
7285	CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS.
7286		Suggested by Richard Bainter.
7287	CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the
7288		"fax" mailer.
7289	CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this
7290		passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local
7291		mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do
7292		additional clever processing.  From Joe Pruett of
7293		Teleport Corporation.  Delivery to the original user can
7294		be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon).
7295	CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take
7296		"mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user;
7297		"local:user" can also be used to do local delivery.  This
7298		applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries.  Based
7299		on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet.
7300	CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that
7301		limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS
7302		lookups required to support this feature.  For example,
7303		FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups
7304		to domains under my.site.com.  Code contributed by Anthony
7305		Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>.
7306	CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets,
7307		such as the check_rcpt ruleset.  Suggested by Gregory Shapiro
7308		of WPI.
7309	CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the
7310		event you have to define local mailers.  Suggested by
7311		Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
7312	CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could
7313		be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax.  Based on a patch by
7314		Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>.
7315	CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is
7316		remotely connected.  The address host!user was being
7317		converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay.
7318		Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
7319	CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect.
7320	CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to
7321		"User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the
7322		new address is still on the local host.  Based on a suggestion
7323		by Andreas Luik.
7324	CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users).
7325		However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root.
7326		Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
7327	CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe
7328		Wolfhugel.
7329	CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm.
7330	MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris.  Note
7331		well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no
7332		Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are
7333		different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660),
7334		and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them
7335		match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer.  Patches from Paul
7336		Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network.
7337	MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there
7338		was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file
7339		was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and
7340		the open.  Problem reported by William Colburn of the New
7341		Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology.
7342	MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably.  Patch from Bryan
7343		Costales.
7344	MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
7345	MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't
7346		honored.  Fix from Michael Scott Shappe.
7347	PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
7348	NEW FILES:
7349		src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2
7350		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2
7351		src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion
7352		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x
7353		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x
7354		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20
7355		mailstats/mailstats.8
7356		praliases/praliases.8
7357		cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc
7358		cf/feature/genericstable.m4
7359		cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4
7360		cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4
7361		cf/feature/virtusertable.m4
7362		cf/ostype/aix2.m4
7363		cf/ostype/altos.m4
7364		cf/ostype/maxion.m4
7365		cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4
7366		cf/ostype/uxpds.m4
7367		contrib/re-mqueue.pl
7368	DELETED FILES:
7369		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris
7370		contrib/xla/README
7371		contrib/xla/xla.c
7372	RENAMED FILES:
7373		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 =>	Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x
7374		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 =>	Makefile.SCO.4.2
7375		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS =>		Makefile.UXPDSV10
7376		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT =>		Makefile.NeXT.2.x
7377		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP =>	Makefile.NeXT.3.x
7378
73798.7.6/8.7.3	1996/09/17
7380	SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the
7381		queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs
7382		as the default user.  This is not exploitable from off-site.
7383		Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser
7384		(old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell.
7385	SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows
7386		a local user to get root.  This is not known to be exploitable
7387		from off-site.  The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands.
7388
73898.7.5/8.7.3	1996/03/04
7390	Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can
7391		in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have
7392		extra spaces in odd places.  Patch from Eric Wassenaar;
7393		reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen
7394		Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired,
7395		and others.
7396
73978.7.4/8.7.3	1996/02/18
7398	SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
7399		insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
7400		any user (except root).
7401	CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
7402		version number is unchanged.
7403
74048.7.3/8.7.3	1995/12/03
7405	Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused
7406		two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly.  Fix
7407		from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7408	Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause
7409		negative array subscripting.  Not a security problem since
7410		this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused
7411		core dumps.  Pointed out by Bryan Costales.
7412	Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names.  Pointed out by Bryan
7413		Costales.
7414	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7415		SCO doesn't have ftruncate.  From Bill Aten of Computerizers.
7416		IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte
7417			order.  Tweak it to work properly.  Based on fixes
7418			from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of
7419			Stanford University.
7420	CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option.
7421		Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7422
74238.7.2/8.7.2	1995/11/19
7424	REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage,
7425		OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options.  They were not
7426		properly repaired in 8.7.1.
7427	Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other
7428		valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the
7429		last being a historic botch, of course).  If Bcc: is the
7430		only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed,
7431		but the header name is kept.  The old behavior (always keep
7432		the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients
7433		to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_.
7434	Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set
7435		sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages.  Suggested
7436		by Kari Hurtta.
7437	If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then
7438		continues on to another map type, but the name is not found,
7439		return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map.
7440		For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails
7441		with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files,
7442		but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not
7443		a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the
7444		failure in the hosts.files map.  This error caused hard
7445		bounces when it should have requeued.
7446	Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo
7447		owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped
7448		working properly due to excessive paranoia.  Pointed out by
7449		John Hawkinson of Panix.
7450	An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver
7451		timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and
7452		queued it locally).  Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order
7453		to simplify queue management for clustered systems.  Suggested
7454		by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.  The same problem could break
7455		MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk
7456		-- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of
7457		Infobiogen.
7458	Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring().  This was not a security
7459		problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this
7460		without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a
7461		good idea to avoid future problems.  Problem noted by John
7462		Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT.
7463	``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being
7464		printed.  Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft.
7465	Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option
7466		is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs
7467		created.  Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
7468	Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to
7469		be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher.  Suggested
7470		by Randy Martin of Clemson University.
7471	Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and
7472		underscores.
7473	Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an
7474		alias.  Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley
7475		of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
7476	If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that
7477		is returned could show some extraneous "success" information
7478		included even if the user did not request success notification,
7479		which was confusing.  Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
7480	Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to
7481		using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient
7482		configurations.  Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of
7483		having no local alias file unless it is declared.  Problem
7484		noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University.
7485	Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined.  Pointed out by Bryan
7486		Costales of ICSI.
7487	Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they
7488		should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps.  Pointed
7489		out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>.
7490	Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5
7491		even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the
7492		address with an "@".  Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan
7493		Technological University.
7494	When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with
7495		dots alone on a line by themselves.  This is because of the
7496		preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong.
7497		Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7498	Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing.  Pointed
7499		out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway).
7500	Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode).
7501		Requested by Allan Johannesen.
7502	Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal
7503		to have the database format of the alias files without the
7504		text version.  Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist,
7505		Inc.
7506	If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly
7507		imported from the environment.  Pointed out by Frank Crawford
7508		<frank@ansto.gov.au>.
7509	Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have
7510		extra arguments.  Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford
7511		University.
7512	Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only
7513		the parent should do this.  Fix from Brian Coan of the
7514		Association for Progressive Communications.
7515	If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run
7516		during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was
7517		reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that
7518		didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning
7519		even though it was fatal).  The fix is to not return such
7520		messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next
7521		MinQueueAge interval.  Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of
7522		SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
7523	Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions
7524		that have the hes_getmailhost() routine.  DEC Hesiod
7525		distributions do not have this routine.  Based on a patch
7526		from Betty Lee of Stanford University.
7527	Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition
7528		in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most
7529		non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures.  This should solve the
7530		occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that
7531		has plagued me for quite some time.  Based on a patch from
7532		Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University.
7533	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7534		Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from
7535			/usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings.  From
7536			James B. Davis of TCI.
7537		DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm.  From
7538			Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7539		HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x
7540			so that the makesendmail script will find it.  Pointed
7541			out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland.
7542			Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which
7543			isn't supported on all compilers.
7544		UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez.
7545	CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless
7546		you also had a FAX_RELAY.  From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE.
7547	CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name
7548		didn't have trailing dot.  From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne.
7549	CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as
7550		user%host@thishost.  From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen
7551		(France).
7552	CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file.
7553		Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications.
7554	CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files,
7555		such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local).  Based on
7556		a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing.
7557	CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that
7558		have already been set.  Previously it worked differently
7559		for different files.
7560	CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did.  My take
7561		is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems
7562		for some people.  From Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7563	CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>;
7564		portability changes for Posix environments (no functional
7565		changes).
7566
75678.7.1/8.7.1	1995/10/01
7568	Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage,
7569		OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash
7570		escapes in the options, where they previously had.  Bug
7571		pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT.
7572	Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that
7573		returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this
7574		would give contradictory results in the higher level; in
7575		particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be
7576		ignored.  Change to ignore the value if the program returns
7577		non-zero exit status.  From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
7578	Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a
7579		bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine.  Although
7580		this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution
7581		has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size
7582		internally (I know some vendors have shortened this
7583		dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular
7584		target.  Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf.
7585		These both have possible security implications.  Solutions
7586		suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group
7587		(Holland), Mark Seiden, and others.
7588	Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type)
7589		parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined
7590		results.  This could have security implications.
7591	If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace()
7592		routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero.
7593		Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec.
7594	Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always
7595		sort first within a given preference.  This forces the bestmx
7596		map to always return the local host first, if it is included
7597		in the list of highest priority MX records.  From K. Robert
7598		Elz.
7599	Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences.  Fixes from Randy
7600		Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU>
7601	When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified
7602		domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map
7603		(e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"),
7604		sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really
7605		really needs.  This has been changed to fall through to the
7606		next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts
7607		file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the
7608		short name was found in /etc/hosts.  This is probably a crock,
7609		but many people have hosts files without FQDNs.  Remember:
7610		domain names are your friends.
7611	Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup.
7612		Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited.
7613	When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting.
7614		Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc.
7615	Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP
7616		connection timeout in the kernel.  Add a new "connect" timeout
7617		to limit this time.  Defaults to zero (use whatever the
7618		kernel provides).  Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd
7619		of TerraNet.
7620	Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly
7621		removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages.
7622		(This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.)
7623		Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro
7624		of WPI.
7625	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7626		On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting
7627			of sendmail.st location.  Change the Makefile to
7628			install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE
7629			file and SGI standards.  From Andre
7630			<andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>.
7631		Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series)
7632			from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>.
7633		Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc.
7634		LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura.
7635		SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old
7636			dbm library.  The ndbm library is part of libc.
7637	CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with
7638		``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration.
7639		Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7640	CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations --
7641		since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during
7642		rebuild.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7643	CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because
7644		otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is
7645		the sender.  Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of
7646		Infobiogen (France).
7647	NEW FILES:
7648		cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
7649		src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
7650		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS
7651
76528.7/8.7		1995/09/16
7653	Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file
7654		descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a
7655		vfork.  Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for
7656		Global Communications.
7657	Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some
7658		people seemed to think that it was too rude.
7659	Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK
7660		was not defined.  This was used "safely" in the sense
7661		that it only did a stat, but it would have set the
7662		map modification time improperly.  Problem pointed out
7663		by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
7664	Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return
7665		receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this
7666		can be confusing.
7667	Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is
7668		useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d".
7669	Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias
7670		file on systems with no database method compiled in.
7671	If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it
7672		up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts
7673		compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and
7674		RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally.
7675		Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of
7676		Maryland.
7677	Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP.
7678		There is nothing that says you can't have a long
7679		running program piped into sendmail (possibly via
7680		/bin/mail, which just execs sendmail).  Problem reported
7681		by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7682	Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I
7683		is not set.  This allows you to have hosts listed in
7684		NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS.  It's normally
7685		a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines.  This
7686		should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose.
7687	Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function
7688		prototypes.  From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7689	Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused
7690		by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using
7691		$[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate
7692		times.  From Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7693	SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying
7694		the alias database file by setting resource limits low.
7695		This involves adding two new compile-time options:
7696		HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is
7697		available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support
7698		is available -- the Release 3 form is used).  The former
7699		is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System
7700		V-based systems.  Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of
7701		Swarthmore University.
7702	New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode:
7703		``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value".
7704		``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c".
7705		``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated
7706			ruleset.
7707		``=M'' will display the known mailers.
7708		``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line
7709			-d debug flag.
7710		``$m'' will print the value of macro $m.
7711		``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c.
7712		``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''.
7713		``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of
7714			crackaddr (essentially, the comment information)
7715			and the parsed address.
7716		``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form
7717			it will have when presented to the indicated mailer.
7718		``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing.  The
7719			flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope,
7720			and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient.  These
7721			can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header
7722			recipients.
7723		``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and
7724			return the result.
7725		``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated
7726			`mapname' and return the result.
7727	Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it
7728		should show the pathname rather than hex bytes.
7729	Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses
7730		the header for envelope sender information and uses
7731		CR-LF as message terminators.  It was thought to be
7732		obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it
7733		turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require
7734		that functionality.
7735	Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname
7736		return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify
7737		that name fails, wait one minute and try again.  This can
7738		result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system
7739		hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names
7740		listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot.
7741	Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per
7742		RFC 1123 section 5.2.5.  Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III
7743		of Michigan Technological University.
7744	Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you
7745		can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is,
7746		if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that
7747		chown is not safe.  The new version falls back to whether
7748		you are on a BSD system or not.  This is important for
7749		SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those
7750		error codes.  This impacts whether you can mail to files
7751		or not.
7752	Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration
7753		file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the
7754		syntax error in the config file.  Change to always print
7755		the error message.  It was especially weird because it
7756		would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster
7757		for every message sent (but with no transcript).  Problem
7758		noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola.
7759	Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including
7760		zero bytes.  These changes are internally extensive, but
7761		should have minimal impact on external function.
7762	Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is
7763		(apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g.,
7764			O MatchGECOS=TRUE
7765		The full list of old and new names is as follows:
7766			7	SevenBitInput
7767			8	EightBitMode
7768			A	AliasFile
7769			a	AliasWait
7770			B	BlankSub
7771			b	MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize
7772			C	CheckpointInterval
7773			c	HoldExpensive
7774			D	AutoRebuildAliases
7775			d	DeliveryMode
7776			E	ErrorHeader
7777			e	ErrorMode
7778			f	SaveFromLine
7779			F	TempFileMode
7780			G	MatchGECOS
7781			H	HelpFile
7782			h	MaxHopCount
7783			i	IgnoreDots
7784			I	ResolverOptions
7785			J	ForwardPath
7786			j	SendMimeErrors
7787			k	ConnectionCacheSize
7788			K	ConnectionCacheTimeout
7789			L	LogLevel
7790			l	UseErrorsTo
7791			m	MeToo
7792			n	CheckAliases
7793			O	DaemonPortOptions
7794			o	OldStyleHeaders
7795			P	PostmasterCopy
7796			p	PrivacyOptions
7797			Q	QueueDirectory
7798			q	QueueFactor
7799			R	DontPruneRoutes
7800			r, T	Timeout
7801			S	StatusFile
7802			s	SuperSafe
7803			t	TimeZoneSpec
7804			u	DefaultUser
7805			U	UserDatabaseSpec
7806			V	FallbackMXHost
7807			v	Verbose
7808			w	TryNullMXList
7809			x	QueueLA
7810			X	RefuseLA
7811			Y	ForkEachJob
7812			y	RecipientFactor
7813			z	ClassFactor
7814			Z	RetryFactor
7815		The old macros that passed information into sendmail have
7816		been changed to options; those correspondences are:
7817			$e	SmtpGreetingMessage
7818			$l	UnixFromLine
7819			$o	OperatorChars
7820			$q	(deleted -- not necessary)
7821		To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail,
7822		configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of
7823		sendmail; any config file using the new names should
7824		specify "V6" in the configuration.
7825	Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a
7826		colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same
7827		as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should
7828		treat them as comments).  This is to handle the
7829		``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will
7830		assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first
7831		address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address).
7832		This requires config file support to get right.  It does
7833		understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned
7834		off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option.
7835	Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags:
7836		    A	Addresses are aliasable.
7837		    i	Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header
7838			sender lines.  Applies to the from address mailer
7839			flags rather than the recipient mailer flags.
7840		    j	Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses.
7841			Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the
7842			recipient mailer flags.
7843		    k	Disable check for loops when doing HELO command.
7844		    o	Always run as the mail recipient, even on local
7845			delivery.
7846		    w	Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user.
7847		    5	Pass addresses through ruleset 5.
7848		    :	Check for :include: on this address.
7849		    |	Check for |program on this address.
7850		    /	Check for /file on this address.
7851		    @	Look up sender header addresses in the user
7852			database.  Applies to the mailer flags for the
7853			mailer corresponding to the envelope sender
7854			address, rather than to recipient mailer flags.
7855		Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @
7856		on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*"
7857		mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option.
7858	Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions.  This borrows ideas from
7859		John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed
7860		their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see
7861		mime.c for an explanation of why).  This adds the
7862		EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag
7863		to control handling of 8-bit data.  These have to cope with
7864		two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is,
7865		8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit
7866		MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the
7867		specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared
7868		as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the
7869		-B8BITMIME command line flag).  If the F=8 mailer flag is
7870		set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines
7871		instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using
7872		just-send-8 semantics).  The values for EightBitMode are:
7873		    m	convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do
7874			any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT
7875			(essentially, the full MIME option).
7876		    p	pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled
7877			8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default).
7878		    s	strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input,
7879			convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required.  The F=8
7880			flag is ignored.
7881		Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of
7882			the setting of F=8.
7883	Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types
7884		which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other
7885		considerations.  Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are
7886		never directly encoded (although their components can be).
7887	Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the
7888		MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though
7889		they are an RFC822 message.  It is predefined to have
7890		"rfc822".  Suggested By Kari Hurtta.
7891	Add new internal class 'e'.  This is the set of MIME
7892		Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to
7893		a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64).  It is
7894		preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary".
7895	Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no
7896		short name) to set the default character set to use in the
7897		Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message
7898		which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format.  If the C=
7899		parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as
7900		the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option.
7901		If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as
7902		suggested by RFC 1428 section 3.
7903	Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default
7904		user and group that a mailer will be executed as.  This
7905		overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is
7906		also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that
7907		is, the controlling address is ignored).  The values may be
7908		numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no
7909		group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used
7910		as the group.  Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of
7911		Unicom.
7912	Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same
7913		fashion as the U= mailer option.
7914	Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as
7915		a comment).  This adds a new compile-time configuration
7916		flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value
7917		of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value
7918		of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char
7919		*tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use
7920		timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment).  Code
7921		from Chip Rosenthal.
7922	The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions.
7923		For example,
7924		    O Timeout.helo = 2m
7925		There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and
7926		"queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option.  Thus, to
7927		set them both the preferred new syntax is
7928		    O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d
7929		    O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h
7930	Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the
7931		QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to
7932		``host''.  This makes better use of the connection cache,
7933		but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large
7934		backlogs under some circumstances.  This is probably a
7935		good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots
7936		of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using
7937		something like PPP on a 14.4 modem.  Based on code
7938		contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main
7939		contribution was to make it configurable).
7940	Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue
7941		after disastrous disk crash.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of
7942		UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written
7943		by Paul Vixie.  NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7
7944		are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert
7945		from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction.
7946	Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in
7947		route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases
7948		they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as
7949		I/O redirection.
7950	Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this
7951		can be confusing.
7952	Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or
7953		*-request addresses.  Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel
7954		of the Institut Pasteur, Paris.
7955	Allow -O command line flag to set long form options.
7956	Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts
7957		to run the queue.  For example, if the queue interval
7958		(-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age
7959		is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than
7960		once every fifteen minutes.  This can be used to give
7961		you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to
7962		queue-only.
7963	Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening
7964		:include: and .forward files.
7965	Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the
7966		key field name, the value field name, and the field
7967		delimiter.  The field delimiter can be a single character
7968		or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline.
7969		These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods.
7970	Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag
7971		turns off this behavior.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7972	Add "nisplus" map class.  Takes -k and -v flags to choose the
7973		key and value field names respectively.  Code donated by
7974		Sun Microsystems.
7975	Add "hesiod" map class.  The "file name" is used as the
7976		"HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3).  Returns the
7977		first value found for the match.  Code donated by Scott
7978		Hutton of Indiana University.
7979	Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class.  Maps can have a -k flag to
7980		specify the name of the property that is searched as the
7981		key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that
7982		is returned as the value (defaults to "members").  The
7983		default map is "/aliases".  Some code based on code
7984		contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
7985	Add "text" map class.  This does slow, linear searches through
7986		text files.  The -z flag specifies a column delimiter
7987		(defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag
7988		sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the
7989		value column number.  Lines beginning with `#' are treated
7990		as comments.
7991	Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs.  The search
7992		key is presented as the last argument; the output is one
7993		line read from the programs standard output.  Exit statuses
7994		are from sysexits.h.
7995	Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it
7996		finds a match.  For example, the declarations:
7997		    Kmap1 ...
7998		    Kmap2 ...
7999		    Kmapseq sequence map1 map2
8000		defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the
8001		value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise
8002		map2 is searched and the value returned.
8003	Add "switch" map class.  This is much like "sequence" except that
8004		the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually
8005		the system service switch.  The parameter is the name of
8006		the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use
8007		are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type".
8008		For example, if the declaration of the map is
8009		    Ksample switch hosts
8010		and the system service switch specifies that hosts are
8011		looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is
8012		equivalent to
8013		    Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis
8014		The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined.
8015	Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam.  Takes a
8016		"-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd
8017		entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid,
8018		gecos, dir, and shell.  Generally expected to be used with
8019		the -m (matchonly) flag.
8020	Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host
8021		listed as the value.  If there are several "best" MX records
8022		for this host, one will be chosen at random.
8023	Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database.
8024		The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used,
8025		typically "mailname".  If there are multiple entries
8026		matching the name, the one chosen is undefined.
8027	Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning).  These are
8028		set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of
8029		three values.  If a Priority: is set and has value "normal",
8030		"urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are
8031		used.  If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted;
8032		if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than
8033		zero, urgent timeouts are used.  Otherwise, normal timeouts
8034		are used.  The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts
8035		queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}.
8036	Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer
8037		with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP,
8038		but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded.
8039		This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead
8040		of queueing it (queueing is very hard).
8041	When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that
8042		the first name in the list is the best one -- instead,
8043		search for the first one with a dot.  For example, if
8044		an /etc/hosts entry reads
8045		    128.32.149.68	mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU
8046		this change will use the second name as the canonical
8047		machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name.
8048	Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value
8049		indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition.
8050		For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change
8051		"Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it
8052		quoted (because of the space character).  Suggested by Dan
8053		Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses.
8054	Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can
8055		be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}.
8056		Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''.  Names that have
8057		a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are
8058		reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files
8059		should use names that begin with a capital letter.  Based
8060		on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson.
8061	Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed
8062		to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list
8063		with no members).  Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
8064	Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc
8065		failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called
8066		xalloc....  The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages.
8067		Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University.
8068	Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even
8069		checked if you were delivering to anything other than an
8070		IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail
8071		deliveries could cause cached connections to be open
8072		much longer than the specified timeout.
8073	If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop
8074		writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since
8075		this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible
8076		denial-of-service attack.
8077	Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is
8078		defined.  It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric
8079		user names.  Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
8080	Add service switch support.  If the local OS has a service
8081		switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf
8082		on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back
8083		to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile
8084		option (default: /etc/service.switch).  For example, if the
8085		service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases
8086		service, that will be the default lookup order.  the "files"
8087		("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files
8088		you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't
8089		actually file lookups.
8090	Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer"
8091		variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered
8092		canonical.  This is now determined based on whether or not
8093		"dns" is in the service list for "hosts".
8094	Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery
8095		Status Notifications).  DSN notifications override
8096		Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow --
8097		support for them has been removed.
8098	Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer
8099		definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for
8100		MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively.
8101	Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the
8102		five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting
8103		message (not just the second line).  This is to provide
8104		better compatibility with other ESMTP servers.
8105	Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can
8106		easily see how much progress you have made.  Suggested
8107		by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
8108	Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of
8109		syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines.
8110		Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas.
8111	Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into
8112		multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this
8113		also improves the connection cache utilization.
8114	Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for
8115		the purposes of refusing to send error returns.  Suggested
8116		by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University.
8117	Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from
8118		the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the
8119		real uid/gid.  This allows you to create a file owned by
8120		and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work
8121		all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set).  Change
8122		suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun
8123		Microsystems.
8124	Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra"
8125		delay for dial on demand systems.  If this is non-zero
8126		and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and
8127		then try again.  If it takes longer than the kernel
8128		timeout interval to establish the connection, this
8129		option can give the network software time to establish
8130		the link.  The default units are seconds.
8131	Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible;
8132		previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail
8133		sent to aliases.  Suggested by Brad Knowles of the
8134		Defense Information Systems Agency.
8135	Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by
8136		BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told.  From Douglas Anderson of
8137		the National Computer Security Center.
8138	Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling
8139		you how long it took to deliver to this address on the
8140		last try.  It is intended to be used for sorting mailing
8141		lists to favor "quick" addresses.  Provided for use by
8142		the mailprio scripts (see below).
8143	If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and
8144		an address requires that map for resolution, queue the
8145		map instead of bouncing it.  This involves creating a
8146		pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required
8147		map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map;
8148		all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail".  The
8149		bogus-map class is not directly accessible.  A sample
8150		implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow
8151		University Computing Service.
8152	Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks
8153		SMTP on its standard input.  Fix from Keith Moore of
8154		the University of Kentucky.
8155	Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename;
8156		previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized
8157		as a file.  Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis.
8158	Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon.  This only works if
8159		argv[0] is a full path to sendmail.
8160	Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines
8161		-- the network number wasn't being converted to network
8162		byte order.  Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies
8163		Corporation.
8164	Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with
8165		BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get
8166		reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time
8167		out.  Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft.
8168	Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of
8169		locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not
8170		an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added.  This really
8171		just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name"
8172		can be used to read trusted user names from a file.
8173		Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even
8174		if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells.
8175	Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them
8176		properly if they do not already exist.  This had been
8177		a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9.
8178	Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid
8179		(but not prevent, sigh) race conditions.  This ought to
8180		be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't.  Suggested by
8181		Michael Beirne of Motorola.
8182	Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem
8183		holding the queue.  Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf
8184		Communications.
8185	Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file
8186		when checking for file permissions iff setreuid()
8187		succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case.  This avoids
8188		significant performance problems when looking for .forward
8189		files.  Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC.
8190	Allow symbolic ruleset names.  Syntax can be "Sname" to get an
8191		arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer"
8192		to assign a specific ruleset number.  Reference is
8193		$>name_or_number.  Names can be composed of alphas, digits,
8194		underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric).
8195	Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional.
8196		From Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8197	Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is
8198		no legal recipient header in the message.  It can take
8199		on values:
8200		  None			Leave the message as is.  The
8201					message will be passed on even
8202					though it is in technically
8203					illegal syntax.
8204		  Add-To		Add a To: header with any
8205					recipients that it can find from
8206					the envelope.  This risks exposing
8207					Bcc: recipients.
8208		  Add-Apparently-To	Add an Apparently-To: header.  This
8209					has almost no redeeming social value,
8210					and is provided only for back
8211					compatibility.
8212		  Add-To-Undisclosed	Add a header reading
8213					To: undisclosed-recipients:;
8214					which will have the effect of
8215					making the message legal without
8216					exposing Bcc: recipients.
8217		  Add-Bcc		To add an empty Bcc: header.
8218					There is a chance that mailers down
8219					the line will delete this header,
8220					which could cause exposure of Bcc:
8221					recipients.
8222		The default is NoRecipientAction=None.
8223	Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header.  This
8224		should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't
8225		themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to
8226		be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind
8227		recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom.
8228	Add SafeFileEnvironment option.  If declared, files named as delivery
8229		targets must be regular files in addition to the regular
8230		checks.  Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as
8231		the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2)
8232		environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an
8233		alias or forward should include the name of this root.
8234		For example, if you run with
8235			O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch
8236		then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path".  If a
8237		value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to
8238		/usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the
8239		queue as Qfxxxxxx).  Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit.
8240	Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like
8241		entries.  For example, given the aliases:
8242			list: member1
8243			list: member2
8244		and an alias file declared as:
8245			OAhash:-A /etc/aliases
8246		the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2";
8247		without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent
8248		alias for "list".  Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8249	Line-buffer transcript file.  Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys.
8250	Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in
8251		some special circumstances.  Problem pointed out by Allan
8252		Johannesen.
8253	(Internal change.)  Change interface to expand() (macro expansion)
8254		to be simpler and more consistent.
8255	Delete check for funny qf file names.  This didn't really give
8256		any extra security and caused some people some problems.
8257		(If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK
8258		at compile time.)  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
8259	(Internal change.)  Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and
8260		merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent.
8261		This may affect some people who have written their own
8262		checkcompat() routine.
8263	(Internal change.)  Eliminate `D' line in qf file.  The df file
8264		is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with
8265		the `q' changed to a `d', of course).
8266	Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as
8267		"expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems.
8268		Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode
8269		if all it is going to do is queue anyway.
8270	Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances
8271		(specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary
8272		failure but the connection is lost before the DATA
8273		command).  Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing
8274		Corporation.
8275	Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme:
8276		Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch,
8277		where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is
8278		the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine
8279		architecture (e.g., sun4).  Any of these can be omitted,
8280		and anything after the first dot in a release number can
8281		be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4).  The previous
8282		version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general.
8283	Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory
8284		when it is being created.  This involves adding an empty
8285		"depend:" entry in most Makefiles.
8286	Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER",
8287		as indicated by RFC 1413.  Pointed out by Kari Hurtta
8288		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
8289	Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command
8290		on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons).
8291		Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo.
8292	Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of
8293		the header.
8294	Log Authentication-Warning:s.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8295	Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers
8296		to canonify addresses in headers on the fly.  This is still
8297		a rather ugly heuristic.  From Motonori Nakamura.
8298	Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX
8299		records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX
8300		lookups are done for addressing they must be fully
8301		qualified.  This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record,
8302		although it may cause other problems.  In general, don't use
8303		wildcard MX records.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura.
8304	Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message.  Instead of
8305		adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP"
8306		is added between the first and second word of the first
8307		line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the
8308		host name).  This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS
8309		compile flag.  Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's
8310		acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that
8311		old sendmails understand.
8312	Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1
8313		invoked state dumps.  From Masaharu Onishi.
8314	Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are
8315		introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP>
8316		is a space or a tab.  This is intended for native
8317		representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where
8318		existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose
8319		data -- for example,
8320		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori
8321					(romanized/less information)
8322		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?=
8323					      =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?=
8324					(with MIME encoding, not human readable)
8325		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B
8326					(native encoding with ISO-2022-JP)
8327		The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment.
8328		Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura.
8329	Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all
8330		messages to that host; these are most frequently associated
8331		with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of
8332		421 (service shutting down).  The effect was to cause queues
8333		to sometimes take an excessive time to flush.  Reported by
8334		Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and
8335		Eric Prestemon of American University.
8336	Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will
8337		run.  This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an
8338		increment on the background value).
8339	Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads.  They are logged
8340		at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8.  Contributed
8341		by Bruce Nagel of Data General.
8342	Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code
8343		instead of an sysexits status code in the host part.
8344		Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code.
8345	Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable
8346		to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system
8347		in addition to the set required by RFC 1521.  The additional
8348		characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~.
8349		(Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.)
8350	Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE]
8351		rather than looking for the mailer named *file*.  The mapping
8352		of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer.  This
8353		allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate
8354		program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header
8355		or do special security policy.  However, note that the usual
8356		initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and
8357		the program in question needs to be very careful about how
8358		it does the file write to avoid security problems.
8359	Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to
8360		regular users.  This is disrecommended because sendmail
8361		sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option
8362		is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be
8363		safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for
8364		whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link.
8365		Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories.
8366	Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts
8367		file.  This is used for canonifying hostnames when the
8368		service type is "files".
8369	Implement programs on F (read class from file) line.  The syntax is
8370		Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program
8371		into class "c".
8372	Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this
8373		host.  Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call.  Code
8374		contributed by SunSoft.
8375	Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment
8376		variables into children.  "E<envar>" will propagate
8377		the named variable from the environment when sendmail
8378		was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>"
8379		sets the named variable to the indicated value.  Any
8380		variables not explicitly named will not be in the child
8381		environment.  However, sendmail still forces an
8382		"AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce
8383		at least one environment variable, since many programs and
8384		libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed.
8385	Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of
8386		alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring
8387		"/yp/" in the file name.  This is more portable and involves
8388		less overhead.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8389	Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose
8390		jobs in large queue runs.  The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter
8391		is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which
8392		should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option,
8393		which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever
8394		be handled in a single queue run.  Based on code contributed
8395		by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
8396	Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum
8397		message size.  Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech.
8398	Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without
8399		an X-Authentication-Warning: added.  Suggested by Mark Thomas
8400		of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
8401	Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the
8402		OS-dependent defines).  The old semantic of -d0.1 to not
8403		run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100,
8404		and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing
8405		all output files) has been moved to 52.100.  This makes
8406		things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change
8407		semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that
8408		it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging
8409		flags.
8410	If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an
8411		error message rather than just doing nothing.  Fix from
8412		Motonori Nakamura.
8413	On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily
8414		included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the
8415		`restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized
8416		user to not be able to use `mailq'.  Fix from Charles Hannum
8417		of MIT.
8418	Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers.  Suggested by
8419		Gerry Magennis of Logica International.
8420	Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs
8421		when running DNS.  For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is
8422		a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in
8423		the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG"
8424		if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set.
8425		This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the
8426		IETF is moving toward legalizing it.  Note that turning on
8427		this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream
8428		neighbor won't rewrite the address for you.
8429	Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object
8430		directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do
8431		the make.
8432	Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try
8433		to detect attacks against the qf file.  In particular,
8434		abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of
8435		file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited.
8436	Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor
8437		choices.  This can be overridden in the Makefile by using
8438		either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location
8439		(to the extent that we know it) or by defining
8440		_PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override").  This allows
8441		sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions.
8442	Allow macros on `K' line in config file.  Suggested by Andrew Chang
8443		of Sun Microsystems.
8444	Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar.  This one
8445		is at least 50% faster.
8446	Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a
8447		transient error.  Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell
8448		University.
8449	Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for
8450		classes.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8451	Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead
8452		of dropping out entirely.  This makes testing some of the
8453		name server lookups easier to deal with when there are
8454		hung servers.  From Motonori Nakamura.
8455	Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode
8456		(e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.).  Suggested by
8457		Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>.
8458	Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs.
8459		Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid
8460		any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that
8461		want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued.  For
8462		this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname
8463		of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup.
8464	Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of
8465		Carnegie Mellon.
8466	Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2)
8467		support.
8468	Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could
8469		not send for past N days".  Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T
8470		Global Information Solutions.
8471	Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only.
8472		From Motonori Nakamura.
8473	Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags.  From
8474		Motonori Nakamura.
8475	Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end
8476		or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple.
8477	Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad
8478		address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP
8479		site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response
8480		to the final dot of the data.  Problem reported by David
8481		James of British Telecom.
8482	Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work.  Patches
8483		from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS.
8484	Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites
8485		that list the same host twice in an MX list.  This deletion
8486		only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that
8487		had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had
8488		A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B.  This is intentional,
8489		just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of.
8490		Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die.
8491	SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links.  If they are,
8492		a bad guy can read your private files.
8493	PORTABILITY FIXES:
8494		Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>.
8495		System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan
8496			University.  This expands the disk size
8497			checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations.
8498		System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3)
8499			and setrlimit(2) are both available.
8500		System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions
8501			apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles."
8502		Linux Makefile typo.
8503		Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 --
8504			from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia.
8505		More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State
8506			University, Chico.
8507		Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar:  ``On Cray, shorts,
8508			ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs
8509			are multiples of 64 bits.  This means that the
8510			sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8.
8511			This requires adaptation of code that really
8512			deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP
8513			addresses or nameserver fields.''
8514		DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>.  To
8515			get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2.
8516		DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment
8517			variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior.
8518		Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>.
8519			This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile
8520			problems.
8521		Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to
8522			match all the other configuration files.  Fix
8523			from Glenn Barry of Emory University.
8524		Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c.  Fix from Alain
8525			Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium.
8526		Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect.  Fix from
8527			Takashi Kizu of Osaka University.
8528		SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the
8529			emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername"
8530			doesn't require reading the file.  Fix from Peter
8531			Wemm of DIALix.
8532		Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation
8533			library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where
8534			they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the
8535			socket clears the problem.  Fix from Bob Manson
8536			of Ohio State University.
8537		Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability
8538			fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba
8539			University.
8540		AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Sch�pf
8541			of Zentrum f�r Datenverarbeitung der Universit�t
8542			Mainz.
8543		AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard.
8544		SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the
8545			wrong statfs call).
8546		ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project).
8547		Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers
8548			University.
8549		DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General.
8550		IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of
8551			Rochester Medical Center.
8552		Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos
8553			did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line;
8554			their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and
8555			Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from
8556			Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>.
8557		OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson
8558			<jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems
8559			Division.
8560		Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson
8561			<janet@dialix.oz.au>.
8562		System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain
8563			Durand of I.M.A.G.
8564		HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from
8565			Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University.
8566		Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation.
8567		Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North
8568			Dakota, Scientific Computing Center.
8569		Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications.
8570		ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel.
8571		IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre.
8572		ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey.
8573		HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud
8574			of Meteo France.
8575		HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>.
8576		IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta.
8577		FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation.
8578		Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura.
8579		Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura.
8580		NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura.
8581		NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales.
8582		AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer.
8583		HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard.
8584		Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a
8585			non-DEC resolver.  Suggested by Allan Johannesen.
8586		UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical
8587			University of Brno (Czech Republic).
8588		KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University
8589			of Colorado.
8590		UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC.
8591	MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases
8592		in type ``btree'' maps.  The semantics of this are undefined
8593		for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database.
8594	MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail
8595		lookups while the rebuild is going on.  There is a race
8596		condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock
8597		on the file, but it should be quite small.
8598	SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release.  This can
8599		be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer,
8600		giving the local administrator more control over what
8601		programs can be run from sendmail.
8602	MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape.  It is not really
8603		part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in
8604		particular, it does not run on System V based systems and
8605		never will.
8606	CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon
8607		to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have
8608		function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf.
8609	CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing
8610		lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that
8611		respond quickly get sent first.  This is to prevent very
8612		sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail.
8613		Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI.
8614	CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders
8615		of BSDI.  This has a lot of comments to help people out.
8616	CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead,
8617		put this on the m4 command line.  On GNU m4 (which
8618		supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an
8619		arbitrary directory -- use either:
8620			m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
8621		or
8622			m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
8623		On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you
8624		can use:
8625			m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ...
8626		(Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.)
8627		Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back
8628		compatibility.
8629	CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to
8630		MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses.
8631	CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host
8632		names.  Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
8633	CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration.
8634		From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore
8635		County.
8636	CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address.
8637	CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not
8638		just unqualified ones.
8639	CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it
8640		was never used and didn't work anyway.
8641	CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer
8642		and d on all mailers in the UUCP class.
8643	CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first
8644		look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and
8645		finally for "user".  This is intended for forwarding mail
8646		for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a
8647		centralized hub.
8648	CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above).
8649	CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set.
8650		The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since
8651		this is expected to be another sendmail.
8652	CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with
8653		the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the
8654		wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections),
8655		and this can create unreplyable addresses.  From Chip
8656		Rosenthal of Unicom.
8657	CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the
8658		Received: header inserted into all messages.  Suggested by
8659		Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
8660	CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost)
8661		to get the old behavior.  I did this upon observing
8662		that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the
8663		concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with
8664		some user agents anyway.  FEATURE(notsticky) still works,
8665		but it is a no-op.
8666	CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user
8667		names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them
8668		as User Unknown.
8669	CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS,
8670		and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the
8671		indicated mailers.  All default to "IPC $h".  Patch from
8672		Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
8673	CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects
8674		on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate
8675		return-path.  From Kimmo Suominen.
8676	CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program
8677		as the local mailer.  For addresses of the form "user+detail"
8678		the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag.
8679		Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
8680	CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for
8681		use from mailertables.  This lets you execute arbitrary
8682		procmail scripts.  Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
8683	CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers.
8684	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent.  From
8685		Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support.
8686	CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f.
8687		This causes the null return path to be rewritten as
8688		MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused.
8689		From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden.
8690	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that
8691		list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as
8692		though they were local (essentially, assume that they
8693		are included in $=w).  This can cause additional DNS
8694		traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your
8695		local model.  It does not work reliably if there are
8696		multiple hosts that share the best MX preference.
8697		Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers.
8698	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted
8699		SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery
8700		to programs.  If an argument is included, it is used as
8701		the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is
8702		assumed.
8703	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the
8704		size of messages to the local and procmail mailers
8705		respectively.  Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense
8706		Information Systems Agency.
8707	CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments
8708		(just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to
8709		properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax.
8710	CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to
8711		any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro
8712		so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use
8713		the Berkeley defaults.  Also, create some generic files
8714		that really can be used in the real world.
8715	CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for
8716		messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET,
8717		SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET.
8718	CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency.
8719		The old name will still be accepted for a while at least.
8720	CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET
8721		mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent.
8722		As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''.  Suggested
8723		by Scott Hutton.
8724	CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support.  Code contributed
8725		by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services.
8726	CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor
8727		performance for large alias files, and this confused many
8728		people.
8729	CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the
8730		configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup.
8731	CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it
8732		would only work when locally addressed.  Fix from
8733		Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services.
8734	CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option
8735		"n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database.
8736		Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier.
8737	CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form
8738		``error:code message''.  The ``code'' is a status code
8739		derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE.
8740		Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>.
8741	CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of
8742		sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name.
8743		These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes
8744		through with sender addresses in those domains they will be
8745		replaced by the masquerade name.  These can also be specified
8746		in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename).
8747	CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope
8748		as well as the header.  Substantial improvements to this
8749		code were contributed by Per Hedeland.
8750	CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be
8751		accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups.  Contributed
8752		by Kimmo Suominen.
8753	CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be
8754		used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support).
8755		Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon.
8756	CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for
8757		UUCP addressing.  Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
8758	NEW FILES:
8759		cf/cf/cs-hpux10.mc
8760		cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc
8761		cf/cf/cyrusproto.mc
8762		cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc
8763		cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc
8764		cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc
8765		cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc
8766		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc
8767		cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc
8768		cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc
8769		cf/cf/huginn.cs.mc
8770		cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4
8771		cf/domain/generic.m4
8772		cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4
8773		cf/feature/local_procmail.m4
8774		cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4
8775		cf/feature/smrsh.m4
8776		cf/feature/stickyhost.m4
8777		cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4
8778		cf/m4/cfhead.m4
8779		cf/mailer/cyrus.m4
8780		cf/mailer/mail11.m4
8781		cf/mailer/phquery.m4
8782		cf/mailer/procmail.m4
8783		cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4
8784		cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4
8785		cf/ostype/hpux10.m4
8786		cf/ostype/irix5.m4
8787		cf/ostype/isc4.1.m4
8788		cf/ostype/ptx2.m4
8789		cf/ostype/unknown.m4
8790		contrib/bsdi.mc
8791		contrib/mailprio
8792		contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch
8793		mail.local/mail.local.0
8794		makemap/makemap.0
8795		smrsh/README
8796		smrsh/smrsh.0
8797		smrsh/smrsh.8
8798		smrsh/smrsh.c
8799		src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS
8800		src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V
8801		src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10
8802		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x
8803		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64
8804		src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC
8805		src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR
8806		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x
8807		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x
8808		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP
8809		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX
8810		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon
8811		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2
8812		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3
8813		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4
8814		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5
8815		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386
8816		src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV
8817		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800
8818		src/aliases.0
8819		src/mailq.0
8820		src/mime.c
8821		src/newaliases.0
8822		src/sendmail.0
8823		test/t_seteuid.c
8824	RENAMED FILES:
8825		cf/cf/alpha.mc =>		cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc
8826		cf/cf/chez.mc =>		cf/cf/chez.cs.mc
8827		cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc
8828		cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc
8829		cf/cf/s2k.mc =>			cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc
8830		cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc
8831		cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc
8832		cf/cf/vangogh.mc =>		cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc
8833		cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 =>	cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4
8834		cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 =>	cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
8835		cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 =>	cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
8836		cf/domain/s2k.m4 =>		cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4
8837		cf/ostype/hpux.m4 =>		cf/ostype/hpux9.m4
8838		cf/ostype/irix.m4 =>		cf/ostype/irix4.m4
8839		cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 =>	cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4
8840		src/Makefile.* =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.*
8841		src/Makefile.AUX =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX
8842		src/Makefile.BSDI =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS
8843		src/Makefile.DGUX =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux
8844		src/Makefile.RISCos =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS
8845		src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 =>	src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0
8846	OBSOLETED FILES:
8847		cf/cf/cogsci.mc
8848		cf/cf/cs-exposed.mc
8849		cf/cf/cs-hidden.mc
8850		cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc
8851		cf/cf/knecht.mc
8852		cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc
8853		cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc
8854		cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc
8855		cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc
8856		cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc
8857		cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4
8858		contrib/rcpt-streaming
8859		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
8860
88618.6.13/8.6.12	1996/01/25
8862	SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
8863		insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
8864		any user (except root).
8865	CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
8866		version number is unchanged.
8867
88688.6.12/8.6.12	1995/03/28
8869	Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer
8870		too small, so nothing was ever accepted).  Fix from several
8871		people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the
8872		Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of
8873		Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of
8874		each other!).
8875	Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of
8876		file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather
8877		than fork().
8878
88798.6.11/8.6.11	1995/03/08
8880	The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often
8881		than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent.
8882	The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack''
8883		message when attempted from IDENT.
8884	In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when
8885		reporting the ``possible attack'' message.  This can
8886		cause denial of service attacks.  Truncate the message
8887		to 80 characters to prevent this problem.
8888	When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the
8889		read from the network to ensure that you don't get
8890		partial lines.
8891	Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null
8892		shell) wouldn't match as "ok".  Problem noted by
8893		Rob McMahon.
8894	When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the
8895		_res.options field is initialized differently than it
8896		was historically -- this requires that sendmail call
8897		res_init before it tweaks any bits.
8898	Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode
8899		and the stdio mode passed to fdopen.  This caused UnixWare
8900		2.0 to have conniptions.  Fix from Martin Sohnius of
8901		Novell Labs Europe.
8902	Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when
8903		using GNU's ld command.  Fix from John Kennedy of
8904		Cal State Chico.
8905	It was possible to turn off privacy flags.  Problem noted by
8906		*Hobbit*.
8907	Be more paranoid about writing files.  Suggestions by *Hobbit*
8908		and Liudvikas Bukys.
8909	MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular)
8910		from Spider Boardman.
8911	CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
8912		with the binaries).
8913
89148.6.10/8.6.10	1995/02/10
8915	SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that
8916		could allow trash to get into headers and qf files.
8917	Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol.
8918		Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally
8919		bogus information.  Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell
8920		of the Free Software Foundation.  Has some security
8921		implications.
8922	Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when
8923		the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly
8924		because it was passed as a printf-style format string.
8925		In some cases this could cause core dumps.
8926	Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error
8927		message is quite long.  From Fletcher Mattox of the
8928		University of Texas.
8929	Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error
8930		messages if and only if you were sending to an alias.
8931		From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and
8932		Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory.
8933	Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was
8934		set and e->e_message was null.  Fix from Bruce Nagel of
8935		Data General.
8936	Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around
8937		after "hop count exceeded" messages.  Fix from Andrew
8938		Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft.
8939	Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long
8940		user names (as might occur if you piped to a program
8941		with a lot of arguments).
8942	Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature
8943		is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''.
8944		Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of
8945		Michigan.
8946	Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned
8947		off.  Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire
8948		Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM),
8949		Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky
8950		Thibault.
8951	Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in
8952		some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups
8953		causing it to do unexpected things.  This also simplifies
8954		some of the map code.
8955	CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
8956		with the binaries).
8957
89588.6.9/8.6.9	1994/04/19
8959	Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal.
8960		This provides consistency with daemon delivery and
8961		may have some security implications.
8962	Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size,
8963		since that fails on some systems.  Reported by Ed
8964		Hill of the University of Iowa.
8965	Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message).  Reported
8966		by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company.
8967	Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it
8968		is trying to open is optional.  From Win Bent of USC.
8969	Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment.
8970	Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of
8971		Colorado.  Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U
8972		option.
8973	Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that
8974		is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called
8975		sendmail -bs from inetd.  Based on code contributed by
8976		Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer
8977		of Dakota State University).  This also fixes a related
8978		problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of
8979		Rochester.
8980	Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with
8981		variant versions can use them easily.  Suggested by
8982		Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems.
8983	SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two
8984		spaces between parameters instead of one.  Reported by
8985		Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
8986	Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by
8987		using global timeouts around the collect() loop.  This
8988		code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar.
8989	If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name
8990		without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration)
8991		and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get
8992		the canonical name.  This should make life easier for
8993		Solaris systems.  If it still can't be resolved, and
8994		if the name server is listed as "required", try again
8995		in 30 seconds.  If that also fails, exit immediately to
8996		avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself"
8997		messages.
8998	Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error
8999		message to explain how much space was available and
9000		sound a bit less threatening.  Suggested by Stan Janet
9001		of the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
9002	If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any
9003		requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the
9004		Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message.
9005		This prevents a certain class of denial of service
9006		attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and
9007		moves things more towards what will probably become a
9008		network standard.  Suggested by Christopher Davis of
9009		Kapor Enterprises.
9010	Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts
9011		without recompiling.
9012	Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message
9013		if there are errors during parsing.  This change is
9014		purely cosmetic.
9015	Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of
9016		SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets
9017		confused by this.  Of course, I think it's their bug....
9018	Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting
9019		lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection;
9020		if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message,
9021		and drops core for debugging.  This is an attempt to
9022		track down a bug that I thought was long since gone.
9023		If you see this, please forward the log fragment to
9024		sendmail@sendmail.ORG.
9025	Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off
9026		with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line.  From Christophe
9027		Wolfhugel.
9028	Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server
9029		SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close
9030		the port completely and reopen it later as needed.
9031		This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection
9032		refused" response, and that the connection can be
9033		recovered later.  In particular, some socket emulations
9034		seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue
9035		size around and can never start listening to connections
9036		again.  The down side is that someone could start up
9037		another daemon process in the interim, so you could
9038		have multiple daemons all not listening to connections;
9039		this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be
9040		incorrect.  A better approach might be to accept the
9041		connection and give a 421 code, but that could break
9042		other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior
9043		implications.
9044	Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to
9045		set debugging on the wrong socket.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9046	When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any
9047		existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes
9048		and the like could result in extra data being sent.
9049	DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the
9050		doc directory.  This includes some additional
9051		information.
9052	CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front
9053		of recipient envelope addresses.  This should have been
9054		handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were
9055		mixing domainized and UUCP addresses.  They should
9056		probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom
9057		instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to
9058		loop the mail, which was bad news.
9059	Portability fixes:
9060		Newer BSDI systems (several people).
9061		Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel.
9062		Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet.
9063		UnixWare, from Evan Champion.
9064		NetBSD from Adam Glass.
9065		Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of
9066			Newcastle upon Tyne.
9067		IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre
9068			Corporation.
9069		NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation.
9070		SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from
9071			Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
9072		HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist.
9073	New Files:
9074		src/Makefile.CLIX
9075		src/Makefile.NCR3000
9076		doc/changes/Makefile
9077		doc/changes/changes.me
9078		doc/changes/changes.ps
9079
90808.6.8/8.6.6	1994/03/21
9081	SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the
9082		E (error message) option.  Reported by Richard Jones;
9083		fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel.
9084
90858.6.7/8.6.6	1994/03/14
9086	SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird
9087		values to the -d flag.  Thanks to Alain Durand of
9088		INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq
9089		list.
9090
90918.6.6/8.6.6	1994/03/13
9092	SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based
9093		systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner
9094		of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways.
9095		Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a
9096		valid shell.
9097	IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections
9098		in the connection cache for a long time under some
9099		circumstances.  This could result in resource exhaustion,
9100		both at your end and at the other end.  This checks the
9101		connections for timeouts much more frequently.  From
9102		Doug Anderson of NCSC.
9103	Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as
9104		the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was
9105		from a local user to another local user.  From
9106		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
9107	Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking
9108		for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/".  From
9109		Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9110	Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability;
9111		instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of
9112		tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called
9113		SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE
9114		for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2)
9115		syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call,
9116		and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument
9117		statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>,
9118		<sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively).
9119	Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if
9120		there was no "/locations/sendmail" property.  From
9121		David Meyer of the University of Virginia.
9122	Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition
9123		to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a
9124		BSD-like system.
9125	Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident
9126		protocol entirely.
9127	Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a
9128		mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a
9129		7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise
9130		that it supports 8BITMIME.  You still have to specify
9131		mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all.
9132	Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically.
9133	Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files
9134		to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away
9135		files.
9136	Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias
9137		file if it was on a read-only file system.  From
9138		Harry Edmon of the University of Washington.
9139	Improve MX randomization function.  From John Gardiner Myers
9140		of CMU.
9141	Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used
9142		%s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number)
9143		when a bad queue file was read.  From Harry Edmon.
9144	Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail.  I'm not
9145		sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained
9146		about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether
9147		"localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain.
9148	Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in
9149		headers.  This causes a leading space to be added onto
9150		continuation lines (including in the body!), and also
9151		tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:,
9152		etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths.  Problem
9153		Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center.
9154	Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have
9155		security implications.  Suggested by several people.
9156	Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always
9157		log the numeric address as zero.  This is a somewhat
9158		bogus implementation in that it does an extra system
9159		call, but it should be an inexpensive one.  Fix from
9160		Motonori Nakamura.
9161	Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there
9162		were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long
9163		to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging.
9164	Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor
9165		per envelope -- previously the overhead was three
9166		descriptors.  This was in response to a problem reported
9167		by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
9168	Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes;
9169		this redirects the output to the transcript so the info
9170		is not lost.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9171	Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that
9172		has a naked $ at the end.  Problem noted by James Matheson
9173		<jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>.
9174	Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested
9175		action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of
9176		501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to
9177		avoid bogus "protocol error" messages.
9178	Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $]
9179		lookup.  This prevents it from ending up with two dots
9180		on the end of dot terminated names.  From Wesley Craig
9181		of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9182	Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is
9183		more informative.  It hadn't been using setclass, so you
9184		didn't see the class items being added.
9185	Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where
9186		NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but
9187		NIS is not running.  Fix from John Oleynick of
9188		Rutgers.
9189	Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value,
9190		but sets h_errno to a success value.
9191	Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important
9192		enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the
9193		address specified in the P option).  This fix should
9194		help problems that cause the df file to be left around
9195		sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce
9196		the problem myself.
9197	Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this
9198		only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher
9199		and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file.
9200		Problem noted by Janne Himanka.
9201	Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your
9202		SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection
9203		after 25 bad commands are issued.  From Kyle Jones of
9204		UUNET.
9205	Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers;
9206		fmtmsg overflows the message buffer.  Fixed by trimming
9207		the to address to 203 characters.  Problem reported by
9208		John Oleynick.
9209	Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where
9210		a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef.  Pointed out by
9211		George Baltz of the University of Maryland.
9212	Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To:
9213		lists to be incorrect in some places.  From Motonori
9214		Nakamura.
9215	Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split
9216		envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a
9217		name server failure.  Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the
9218		University of Washington.
9219	Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that
9220		don't have an ``=value'' part.
9221	CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also
9222		re-queued the message.  Changed to just re-queue the
9223		message (it's really hard to just bounce it because
9224		of the weird way the name server works in the presence
9225		of CNAME loops).  Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson
9226		of Cambridge University.
9227	Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages
9228		if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true
9229		user name.  Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI.
9230	Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can
9231		override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can
9232		turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0.
9233	If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails,
9234		try it without the trailing dot.  This is because if
9235		you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back
9236		to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find
9237		perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to
9238		be dot terminated in the hosts file.  You don't want to
9239		strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure
9240		that country names that match one of your subdomains get
9241		a chance.
9242	PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings.
9243		From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon.
9244	CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j.
9245		This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal
9246		address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your
9247		IP address), but the code was broken.  However, it will
9248		still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to
9249		get client configurations to work (sigh).  Note that this
9250		means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user
9251		database!  Problem noted by Paul Southworth.
9252	CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location.  From
9253		Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>.
9254	CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings.
9255	CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX,
9256		and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message
9257		size for various mailers.
9258	CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0]
9259		instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency
9260		with other mailers.  From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego.
9261	CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB,
9262		qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub}
9263		instead of user@$j.  From Bill Wisner of The Well.
9264	CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set.
9265	CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local
9266		mailer for IRIX.  This was different than most every other
9267		system.
9268	CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in
9269		envelope.  Noted by Thierry Besancon
9270		<besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>.
9271	CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems
9272		don't want it set by default.  Pointed out by Philippe
9273		Michel of Thomson CSF.
9274	CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your
9275		host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against
9276		".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar"
9277		instead of "foo.bar".  Also, allow "." in the mailertable
9278		to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST.
9279		This also moves matching of explicit local host names
9280		before the mailertable so they don't have to be special
9281		cased in the mailertable data.  Reported by Bill
9282		Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding
9283		problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the
9284		University of Sydney.
9285	CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver
9286		locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default.
9287		This is because of the known bug where definition of
9288		both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore
9289		both and deliver into the local mailbox.
9290	CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they
9291		are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was
9292		reported as ineffective before.  This also frees up
9293		diversion 8 for future use.  Problem reported by Kimmo
9294		Suominen.
9295	CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4])
9296		into host names.  As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens,
9297		these are often used because either the forward or reverse
9298		mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again.
9299	DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide.  From Kimmo
9300		Suominen.
9301	Portability fixes:
9302		Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software.
9303		DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
9304		GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University.
9305		Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>.
9306		NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>.
9307		BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
9308		Apollo from Eric Wassenaar.
9309		DGUX from Doug Anderson.
9310		Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent.
9311	NEW FILES:
9312		src/Makefile.DomainOS
9313		src/Makefile.PTX
9314		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1
9315		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2
9316		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
9317		src/mailq.1
9318		cf/ostype/domainos.m4
9319		doc/op/Makefile
9320		doc/intro/Makefile
9321		doc/usenix/Makefile
9322
93238.6.5/8.6.5	1994/01/13
9324	Security fix:  /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test
9325		to allow root to own any file was backwards).  From
9326		Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley.
9327	Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs
9328		were invoked.  This caused programs to have group
9329		permissions they should not have had (usually group
9330		daemon instead of their own group).  In particular,
9331		Perl scripts would refuse to run.
9332	Security: check to make sure files that are written are not
9333		symbolic links (at least under some circumstances).
9334		Although this does not respond to a specific known
9335		attack, it's just a good idea.  Suggested by
9336		Christian Wettergren.
9337	Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on
9338		a system with a restricted shell listed in their
9339		/etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any
9340		program by putting that in their .forward file.
9341		This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell
9342		appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to
9343		execute a program or write a file.  You can disable
9344		this by putting "*" in /etc/shells.  It also won't
9345		permit world-writable :include: files to reference
9346		programs or files (there's no way to disable this).
9347		These behaviors are only one level deep -- for
9348		example, it is legal for a world-writable :include:
9349		file to reference an alias that writes a file, on
9350		the assumption that the alias file is well controlled.
9351	Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when
9352		looking into subdirectories.  This would potentially
9353		allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly
9354		readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory.
9355	Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached
9356		connection to create problems on the current job.
9357		These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in
9358		the wrong place.
9359	Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue
9360		runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a
9361		problem that ignored the load average in locally
9362		generated mail.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9363	Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS.  From
9364		John Orthoefer of BB&N.
9365	Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just
9366		too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over
9367		NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways.
9368	Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused
9369		when sending error messages.  This resulted in
9370		"unexpected close" messages.  It should fix itself
9371		on the following queue run.  Problem noted by
9372		Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester.
9373	Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide.
9374		This seems odd, but it was documented....  From
9375		Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
9376	Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be
9377		forced to be owned by root instead of daemon
9378		(actually DefUid).  From Tim Irvin.
9379	Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen
9380		of the Chalmers University of Technology.
9381	Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error
9382		code associated with it -- previously it returned OK
9383		even though there was a real problem.  Now it assumes
9384		EX_UNAVAILABLE.
9385	Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had
9386		no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of
9387		"." to be discarded.  Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys.
9388	Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried
9389		to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing
9390		a core dump.  From der Mouse at McGill University.
9391	Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch;
9392		this makes it easier to turn it off (using
9393		-DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile).  From der Mouse.
9394	Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of
9395		gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries
9396		to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with
9397		SunOS.  If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes
9398		transfers to slave servers.  Bug noted by Keith
9399		McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc.
9400	Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large
9401		(> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr
9402		to be trashed.  Use the size of the sockaddr instead.
9403		Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State.
9404	Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not
9405		defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts
9406		file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing
9407		dot convention.
9408	Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead
9409		of from a clean exit.
9410	If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS
9411		"host unknown" message is authoritative -- it
9412		might still be found in /etc/hosts.
9413	Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent
9414		as the subject of an error message, even though the
9415		actual cause of a message was more severe than that.
9416		Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI.
9417	Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking.  From Kyle
9418		Jones of UUNET.
9419	Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some
9420		versions of syslog(3).  This adds a new compile time
9421		variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE.  From Jay Plett of Princeton
9422		University, which is in turn derived from IDA.
9423	Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously
9424		it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec
9425		says that they should be ignored.
9426	Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for
9427		debugging).  This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set
9428		(with the null input), and logs the result.  This
9429		should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process
9430		is not reentrant.
9431	Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as
9432		documented in the Bat Book.
9433	If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not
9434		return an error message and did not requeue the message.
9435		Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of
9436		Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France.
9437	Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error
9438		code during some parts of connection initialization.
9439		I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on
9440		the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in
9441		any case.  From Amir Plivatsky.
9442	Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null.
9443		Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9444	Full-Name: field was being ignored.  Fix from Motonori Nakamura
9445		of Kyoto University.
9446	Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle.
9447		From P{r Emanuelsson.
9448	Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts.
9449		Suggested by Douglas Anderson.
9450	Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls.  Suggested by
9451		Bryan Costales.
9452	Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be
9453		needed for parsing.  Problem noted by Douglas Anderson.
9454	Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP
9455		(e.g., if all RCPTs failed).  Suggested by Motonori
9456		Nakamura.
9457	Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender
9458		address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid
9459		illegal addresses appearing there).
9460	Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of
9461		BB&N.
9462	Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always
9463		included.
9464	Remember to set $i during queue runs.  Reported by Stephen
9465		Campbell of Dartmouth University.
9466	If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during
9467		canonification as the name of a file with per-user host
9468		translations so that headers are properly mapped.  Reported
9469		by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
9470	Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not
9471		using [IPC]) should die on a core dump.
9472	Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused
9473		by the other end closing the connection.  From
9474		Dave Morrison of Oracle.
9475	Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq"
9476		to include a host name or other useful information.
9477	Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems.  From Vince
9478		DeMarco.
9479	Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to
9480		NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/
9481		forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing
9482		the message for retry.  Noted by William C Fenner of
9483		the NRL Connection Machine Facility.
9484	Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence
9485		had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character.
9486	Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around
9487		them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do
9488		this properly).
9489	Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form:
9490		``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the
9491		null macro.  Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM.
9492	Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to
9493		not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs
9494		to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when
9495		it was not.  The effect of the problem was to make it
9496		very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few
9497		local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a
9498		corporate hub.  Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the
9499		University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD.
9500	Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header
9501		addresses.  This is more efficient (fewer name server
9502		calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such
9503		as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is
9504		non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did
9505		something else.  Problem reported by Brian J. Coan
9506		of the Institute for Global Communications.
9507	Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand
9508		new arguments.  For example, if you used ``sendmail
9509		-C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because
9510		the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments.
9511	Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their
9512		mail to the same program and have them appear unique.
9513	Portability fixes for:
9514		SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy.
9515		SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand.
9516		System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others.
9517		OSF/1 from Steve Campbell.
9518		DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt
9519			of Stoner Associates.
9520		Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola.
9521		Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University
9522			of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University
9523			of Maryland.
9524		FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert.
9525		NetBSD from Adam Glass.
9526		TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University.
9527		Irix from Bryan Curnutt.
9528		Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona.
9529		RISC/os.
9530		Linux from John Kennedy of California State University
9531			at Chico.
9532		Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force.
9533		NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco.
9534		HP-UX from various people.  NOTA BENE:  the location
9535			of the config file has moved to /usr/lib
9536			to match the HP-UX version of sendmail.
9537	CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer;
9538		since this is intended only for internal use, the
9539		usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed.  The
9540		main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP
9541		addresses when relaying internally.
9542	CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:;
9543		syntax addresses delivered via UUCP.  Solution
9544		provided by Peter Wemm.
9545	CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset
9546		zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses.  From
9547		Irving Reid of the University of Toronto.
9548	CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1
9549		from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy.
9550	CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency;
9551		this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside)
9552		that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain
9553		names.
9554	CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts)
9555		rather than letting them get "local configuration
9556		error"s.  Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers.
9557	CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted
9558		by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this
9559		has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax.  This
9560		also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and
9561		"uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency.
9562	CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen
9563		<kim@grendel.lut.fi>).
9564	CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone.
9565	CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g.,
9566		``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade)
9567		was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host
9568		added to the address.  Problem noted by Peter Wan
9569		of Georgia Tech.
9570	CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w.  From
9571		Jim Murray of Stratus.
9572	CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V"
9573		mailer flag.  Briefly, if you are sending to host
9574		"foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz",
9575		"foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has
9576		the local name prepended.
9577	CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX.
9578	DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide.
9579	MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or
9580		which lack newline.  From Mark Delany.
9581	MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes
9582		in and out of the system).  From Tom Ferrin of UC
9583		San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab.
9584	SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES:
9585		On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to
9586			/usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail.
9587		Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable
9588			:include: files and accounts that have shells
9589			that are not listed in /etc/shells.  This may
9590			cause some .forward files that have worked
9591			before to start failing.
9592		SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log.
9593	NEW FILES:
9594		src/Makefile.DGUX
9595		src/Makefile.Dynix
9596		src/Makefile.FreeBSD
9597		src/Makefile.Mach386
9598		src/Makefile.NetBSD
9599		src/Makefile.RISCos
9600		src/Makefile.SCO
9601		src/Makefile.SVR4
9602		src/Makefile.Titan
9603		cf/mailer/pop.m4
9604		cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4
9605		cf/ostype/dgux.m4
9606		cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4
9607		cf/ostype/sco3.2.m4
9608		makemap/Makefile.dist
9609		praliases/Makefile.dist
9610
96118.6.4/8.6.4	1993/10/31
9612	Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment)
9613		if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in
9614		savemail.  Problem reported by Richard Liu.
9615	Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP.  This
9616		makes quite certain that crackers can't use this
9617		class of attack.
9618	Reliability Fix:  check return value from fclose() and fsync()
9619		in a few critical places.
9620	Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for
9621		redirecting the output channel on queue runs.  It's
9622		not clear this code even does anything.  From Eric
9623		Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear
9624		and High-Energy Physics.
9625	Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work",
9626		such as double-reading the Errors-To: header.  From
9627		Eric Wassenaar.
9628	Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the
9629		data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this
9630		fix causes them to be properly reported.  From Eric
9631		Wassenaar.
9632	Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only
9633		really become relevant in the next release, but some
9634		people need it for local patches.  From Michael
9635		Corrigan of UC San Diego.
9636	Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers)
9637		for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since
9638		these can have different values depending on which
9639		envelope they are in.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9640	Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you
9641		what uid/gid processes ran as.
9642	Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if
9643		the sender address was unparseable for some reason;
9644		this was supposed to fall back to the "return to
9645		postmaster" case.
9646	Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm.
9647	Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header
9648		file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX.
9649	CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope
9650		addresses (so that it matches local again).  From
9651		Christopher Davis.
9652	CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n;
9653		this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like
9654		``From   Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''.  From Motonori
9655		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
9656	CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly.  This isn't legal, but
9657		it shouldn't fail miserably.  From Motonori Nakamura.
9658
96598.6.2/8.6.2	1993/10/15
9660	Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for
9661		addresses that get return-receipts.
9662	Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning
9663		messages -- some people don't read carefully enough
9664		and end up sending the message several times.
9665	Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return
9666		message.  Currently, it just says "cannot send for
9667		four hours".
9668	Fix the "Original message received" time generated for
9669		returntosender messages.  It was previously listed as
9670		the current time.  Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of
9671		Cornell University Medical College.
9672	If there is an error when writing the body of a message,
9673		don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response
9674		in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to
9675		hang up under some bizarre circumstances.  From Eric
9676		Wassenaar.
9677	Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when
9678		connections fail during message collection.  From
9679		Eric Wassenaar.
9680	Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the
9681		name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects
9682		the DATA command.  Problem reported by Jim Murray of
9683		Stratus.
9684	Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file
9685		incorrectly resolves to a null hostname.  Reported by
9686		Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9687	Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ
9688		by non-root users were not put into
9689		X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the
9690		config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet.  Fix
9691		from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea.
9692	Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code
9693		could get confused as to whether a database was
9694		open or not.
9695	Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is
9696		intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific
9697		configuration syntax.  (This is a "new feature",
9698		but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief
9699		that this is a highly exceptional case.)
9700	Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC),
9701		SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1
9702		(from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley)
9703	CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming.
9704
97058.6.1/8.6	1993/10/08
9706	Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V.
9707	Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down
9708		causing an error during parsing, that message was never
9709		propagated to the queue file.
9710
97118.6/8.6		1993/10/05
9712	Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in
9713		conf.h (other systems have the same bug).
9714	If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume
9715		getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly
9716		large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the
9717		header files but don't have the syscall.
9718	Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname
9719		if trymx == FALSE.
9720	Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for
9721		delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error
9722		in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To:
9723		line).  Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
9724	Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this
9725		is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9726	Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the
9727		Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix
9728		(from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.),
9729		NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from
9730		Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from
9731		Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo
9732		Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers.
9733	Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs.  From Takahiro
9734		Kanbe.
9735	Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same
9736		name already exists.  Problem stumbled over by Bill
9737		Wisner of The Well.
9738	Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes.
9739		Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services.
9740	Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and
9741		:include: files.  This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions
9742		slightly more.  This includes proper setting of groups
9743		when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some
9744		files that you should be able to read but have previously
9745		been denied unless you owned them or they had "other"
9746		read permission.
9747	Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that
9748		if the user is forced to override some silly system,
9749		MX suppression will still work.
9750	Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double-
9751		calling expensive routines.  In at least one case, it
9752		wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the
9753		same result.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9754	Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error
9755		condition from a non-SMTP mailer.  From Motonori
9756		Nakamura.
9757	Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that
9758		"CX $Z" works.
9759	Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still
9760		trying to send the original message if the connection
9761		is closed during a DATA command after getting an error
9762		on an RCPT command (pretty obscure).  Problem reported
9763		by John Myers of CMU.
9764	Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long
9765		term bug.
9766	Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning:
9767		cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message;
9768		it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and
9769		only on some architectures.  Although sendmail would
9770		keep trying, it would send error messages on each
9771		queue interval.  This is an important fix.
9772	Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively.
9773	Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make
9774		ruleset testing a bit easier.
9775	Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command
9776		line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging
9777		level.
9778	Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on
9779		the command line.  This is only done if there is exactly
9780		one recipient.  Technically, this does not meet the
9781		specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the
9782		address.
9783	Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if
9784		you used the -t flag.  Problem noted by Josh Smith of
9785		Harvey Mudd College.
9786	Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first
9787		``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''.  This is to
9788		avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in
9789		their full name information.
9790	Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have
9791		an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To:
9792		defined in the config file H lines.  From J.R. Oldroyd.
9793	Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get
9794		wrong when compiling.  Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI.
9795	Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the
9796		df file got lost; this would cause servers to always
9797		give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse.
9798		Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9799	Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT
9800		protocol timeouts (30s default).  Requested by Murray
9801		Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus
9802		PC TCP/IP implementations.
9803	Change $w default definition to be just the first component of
9804		the domain name on config level 5.  The $j macro defaults
9805		to the FQDN; $m remains as before.  This lets well-behaved
9806		config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain
9807		names.
9808	Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture
9809		builds.  I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still
9810		helpful.
9811	Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to
9812		get a queue file for an already completed job.  This
9813		problem has existed for years.  Problem noted by the
9814		long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9815	Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to
9816		udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused
9817		it to sometimes miss records that it should have found.
9818	Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs
9819		that claims to be itself works properly.
9820	Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in
9821		buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get
9822		it right.  Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites
9823		recipient addresses, not sender addresses.
9824	Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot
9825		resolve /file/name style addresses.  Fix from Jonathan
9826		Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
9827	Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to
9828		be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully
9829		queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors
9830		would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from
9831		scratch.
9832	Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise
9833		true address to still send to the original address
9834		if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre
9835		ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address).
9836		Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens.
9837	Remove support for frozen configuration files.  They caused
9838		more trouble than it was worth.
9839	Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when
9840		using both -odb and -t flags.  Problem noted by Rob
9841		McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley.
9842	Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w.  For example,
9843		if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will
9844		contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu.
9845	Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run
9846		the queue.
9847	Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that
9848		messages don't come out with stale information.
9849	Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages
9850		will properly reflect the true filename being locked.
9851	Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need
9852		for MAXIPADDR in conf.h.  Suggested by John Gardiner
9853		Myers of CMU.
9854	Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after
9855		an SMTP RSET command.  Problem and fix from Michael
9856		Corrigan.
9857	Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is
9858		negative.  Error reports still go to the envelope
9859		sender address.
9860	Add LA_SHORT for load averages.
9861	Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics.
9862	Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to
9863		set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you
9864		run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down
9865		(although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation
9866		so that it's not necessary to recompile every program
9867		that does bulk data transfer).
9868	Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups.  Problem reported by
9869		Amir Plivatsky.
9870	Diagnose crufty S and V config lines.  This resulted from an
9871		observation that some people were using the SITE macro
9872		without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing
9873		bogus config files that were not caught.
9874	Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it
9875		on instead).  THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!!
9876	Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if
9877		you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl
9878		locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown.
9879	Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or
9880		:include:s don't use the wrong uid.
9881	If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was
9882		called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken.
9883		This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the
9884		alias file.  Fix from Motonori Nakamura.
9885	Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion
9886		if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file.
9887	Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be
9888		opened or if running with no database format defined.
9889	Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn
9890		is set.  Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
9891	Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive
9892		mailers) to be ignored in SMTP.  Problem noted and the
9893		solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of
9894		Melbourne.
9895	Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to
9896		hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and
9897		returns the real name.  This allows mailertable entries
9898		to match regular entries.
9899	Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid
9900		feature, even if it doesn't work right.
9901	Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP.
9902		This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT.
9903	Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this
9904		for programs that are specified through a .forward file.
9905		Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
9906	Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal
9907		error message so that the "subject" line of return
9908		messages is the best possible.
9909	CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration
9910		parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g.,
9911		define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local'').
9912	CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom
9913		connections (domain-ized UUCP).
9914	CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file
9915		name).  Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9916	CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on
9917		DNS.  This would presumably be used in UUCP islands.
9918	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux).
9919	CONFIG: log $u in Received: line.  This is in technical violation
9920		of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain
9921		on the address.
9922	CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that
9923		if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include
9924		the "m" flag should you want it.  Apparently some Solaris 2.2
9925		installations can't handle multiple local recipients.
9926		Problem noted by Josh Smith.
9927	CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults).
9928	CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5.
9929	CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that
9930		forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the
9931		addresses in any detail.
9932	CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when
9933		used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form.
9934	CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented
9935		with an address such as "!foo".
9936	CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if
9937		the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken.  There's a better
9938		way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I
9939		want to hold it for another release.  Problem noted by
9940		Bret Marquis.
9941
99428.5/8.5		1993/07/23
9943	Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown
9944		sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating
9945		everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that
9946		would do the return itself).  Problem noted by Josh Smith.
9947	Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data,
9948		even during a T_ANY query.  This actually didn't break
9949		anything, because the only time you called getcanonname
9950		with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX
9951		records, but it is somewhat cleaner.  From Motonori
9952		Nakamura.
9953	Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there
9954		are no DNS records matching the name.
9955	Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The
9956		original message was received ... from localhost".
9957		The correct original host information is now included.
9958	Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their
9959		version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag).  Change it
9960		to use -f instead.  From John Myers.
9961	CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to
9962		esmtp -- it should be smtp.
9963	CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults
9964		to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used,
9965		else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown");
9966		this cleans up the configs somewhat.  This fixes a serious
9967		problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays,
9968		pointed out by John Myers.  WARNING: this also causes
9969		the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to
9970		"relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified.
9971
99728.4/8.4		1993/07/22
9973	Add option `w'.  If you receive a message that comes to you because
9974		you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and
9975		you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in
9976		your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target
9977		host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all).  If
9978		`w' is not set, this case is a configuration error.
9979		Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like
9980		"message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that
9981		are really configuration errors.  This option is
9982		disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with
9983		UIUC sendmail.
9984	Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open
9985		when sendmail forks after the DATA command.  This caused
9986		calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the
9987		entire list was processed and the child closed -- a
9988		potentially prodigious amount of time.  Problem noted
9989		by Neil Rickert.
9990	Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple
9991		addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely
9992		suppress the sending of the message.  This changes
9993		handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an
9994		EF_GLOBALERRS flag.  This also fixes a potential problem
9995		with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error
9996		in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late
9997		in processing.  Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith
9998		of Harvey Mudd College.  This release includes quite a bit
9999		of dickering with error handling (see below).
10000	Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error.  This
10001		will only hurt already-broken software and should help
10002		humans.
10003	Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were
10004		compiled in.  It would never read the alias file.
10005	Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already
10006		repaired).
10007	Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would
10008		log this even when the queue file still existed.  Change
10009		this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the
10010		queue file is actually removed.  From John Myers.
10011	Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there
10012		is no pending transaction.  Some senders just close the
10013		connection rather than sending QUIT.
10014	Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified
10015		domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause
10016		the subsequent host name lookup to fail.  The problem
10017		only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set.
10018		Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
10019	Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had
10020		unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused
10021		core dumps on some machines.
10022	Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN.
10023		Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which
10024		then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA
10025		(confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which
10026		returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on
10027		whether you were running VERBose mode.  Now it usually
10028		diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken".
10029		Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose
10030		some true error conditions.
10031	Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes.
10032		These are not reported only to Postmaster.  Unbalanced
10033		parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes.
10034		They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP.
10035	Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that
10036		failed and the alias they arose from.  This makes it
10037		somewhat easier to diagnose problems.  Difficulty noted
10038		by Motonori Nakamura.
10039	Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses
10040		that shouldn't have had one during a queue run.  This
10041		caused error messages to be handled differently during
10042		a queue run than a direct run.
10043	Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during
10044		the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was
10045		just extra stuff for users to crawl through.
10046	Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can
10047		auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments.
10048		Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the
10049		daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to
10050		restart it.
10051	Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the
10052		IDENT daemon to screw up.  This required that I change
10053		HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode
10054		changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem
10055		to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid
10056		as well as the effective.  The program test/t_setreuid.c
10057		will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2)
10058		is appropriately functional.
10059	The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify
10060		fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there,
10061		but it wasn't being enabled.  Problem noted by Murray
10062		Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo.
10063	Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal
10064		code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase
10065		with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be
10066		confusing.  Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision
10067		Technologies.
10068	Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the
10069		process group id.  The original fix was to get around
10070		some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks
10071		any call from a shell that creates a process group id
10072		different from the process id.  I could try to fix
10073		this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or
10074		equivalent) but this is too likely to break other
10075		things.
10076	Portability changes:
10077		Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently
10078			DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs
10079			instead of using standard flags.  Oh joy.  This
10080			behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University
10081			of Colorado.
10082		SGI IRIX  -- this includes several changes that should
10083			help other strict ANSI compilers.
10084		SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication
10085			Corporation.
10086		Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the
10087			documentation apparently doesn't define
10088			__STDC__ by default).
10089		ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
10090		Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from
10091			Motonori Nakamura.
10092	CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'.
10093	CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags;
10094		several people have made a good argument that this
10095		creates more problems than it solves (although this
10096		may prove painful in the short run).
10097	CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host"
10098		format.
10099	CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset
10100		98 (8 on old sendmail).  Domain literal [a.b.c.d]
10101		addresses are also passed through this ruleset.
10102	CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined,
10103		internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of
10104		ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however,
10105		the angle brackets confused the recursive call.
10106		These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name".
10107	CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken
10108		ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of
10109		ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_').  Problem found by Rein Tollevik
10110		of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
10111	CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very
10112		early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass
10113		things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses.
10114		Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well.
10115	CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or
10116		esmtp) to send SMTP mail.  This allows you to default
10117		to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to
10118		deal with broken servers.  This logic was pointed out
10119		to me by Bill Wisner.  Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER.
10120	Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4
10121		environments.  Ugly as sin.
10122
101238.3/8.3		1993/07/13
10124	Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages
10125		like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument"
10126		or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied".  This
10127		involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes
10128		the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out
10129		that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break
10130		some systems badly.  This includes some fixes for
10131		HP-UX.  Also fixes problems where the real uid is
10132		not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert).
10133	Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the
10134		addresses that timed out.  Error messages are also more
10135		"user friendly".
10136	Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to
10137		16 bytes/sec.
10138	Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD
10139		compatibility library.  This also adds a new
10140		"HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if
10141		you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2).
10142		These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at
10143		University of Oregon.  This now seems to work, at least
10144		for quick test cases.
10145	Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be
10146		sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses,
10147		and at least one of those addresses is good and points
10148		to an account that has a .forward file (whew!).
10149	Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat()
10150		returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark
10151		the "to" address).  Problem noted by John Myers.
10152	Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending
10153		on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case.  This
10154		isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses.
10155		From Michael Corrigan.
10156	CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of
10157		messages sent through UUCP-family mailers.  Suggested
10158		by Bill Wisner of The Well.
10159	CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified,
10160		include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style
10161		addressing.  Suggested by Bill Wisner.
10162	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match
10163		LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS.  Suggested by
10164		Christophe Wolfhugel.
10165	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3).  From Christophe Wolfhugel.
10166
101678.2/8.2		1993/07/11
10168	Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode.
10169	On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To
10170		header) for back compatibility.  NOTE:  this DOES NOT
10171		imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way.
10172	Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1.  Why, why, why???
10173	Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old
10174		SMTP server to give an error on this command, and
10175		logging it in the transcript can be confusing.  Fix
10176		from Bill Wisner.
10177	IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich
10178		<drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>.
10179	Solaris 2 compatibility changes.  Provided by Bob Cunningham
10180		<bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick
10181		<juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu>
10182	Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c);
10183		move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to
10184		match the other flags in that file.
10185	Flush transcript before fork in mailfile().  From Eric Wassenaar.
10186	Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display.
10187		Changes from Eric Wassenaar.
10188	Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file
10189		failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer
10190		reference in very weird cases.  From Eric Wassenaar.
10191	Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of
10192		forks.  From Eric Wassenaar.
10193	Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new
10194		Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid
10195		re-using old value).  From Motonori Nakamura.
10196	Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only)
10197		was specified, it would still replace the key with the
10198		value.  Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
10199	If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out"
10200		message would ever be sent back.  The timeout code
10201		has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope()
10202		so that all such failures should be diagnosed.  Pointed
10203		out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others.
10204	Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or
10205		forward path must be readable by self if the controlling
10206		user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g.,
10207		when reading your .forward file, you have to own and
10208		have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in
10209		the root and directories leading up to your home);
10210		include files must be readable by anyone, but need not
10211		be owned by you.
10212	If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before
10213		reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems
10214		on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and
10215		the user's home directory isn't x'able.
10216	Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser.
10217	Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen.
10218	Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can
10219		get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second.  Note that
10220		this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which
10221		is separate; this is just intended to work around
10222		network clogs that will occur before the final dot
10223		is sent.  From Eric Wassenaar.
10224	Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively --
10225		it initially tries both, but if it finds anything
10226		matching without a null it never tries again with a
10227		null and vice versa.  If -N is specified, it never
10228		tries without the null and creates new maps with a
10229		null byte.  If -O is specified, it never tries with
10230		the null (for efficiency).  If -N and -O are specified,
10231		you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would
10232		be a bad idea.  If you don't specify either -N or -O,
10233		it adapts.
10234	Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions
10235		will insert the appropriate full name information;
10236		this used to work and got broken somewhere along the
10237		way.
10238	Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the
10239		log.  For example, if you lost a connection, don't
10240		bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost.
10241	Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down
10242		why we get occasional problems with file descriptor
10243		one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to
10244		only happen when there has been another error in the
10245		same transaction.  This requires XDEBUG, defined
10246		by default in conf.h.
10247	Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of
10248		all SMTP transactions.  This is intended ONLY for
10249		debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start
10250		it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing,
10251		and then kill it off and examine the indicated log.
10252		This output is not intended to be particularly human
10253		readable.  This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile
10254		flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__.
10255	CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer.  If you
10256		have a local net that should get direct connects, you
10257		will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts.
10258		See cf/README for an example.
10259	CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle
10260		sites that don't use the -d flag.
10261	CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses
10262		behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this
10263		has been requested by several people, but can break
10264		local aliases.  For example, if you mail to "localalias"
10265		this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost";
10266		although initial delivery will work, replies will be
10267		broken.  Use it sparingly.
10268	CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable).  This maps unqualified domains
10269		to qualified domains in headers.  I believe this is
10270		largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name.
10271	CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k.  This permits you
10272		to override the "system name" as your UUCP name --
10273		in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names.  From
10274		Bill Wisner of The Well.
10275	CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO
10276		first.  This is currently unused in the config files,
10277		but could be used in a mailertable entry.
10278
102798.1C/8.1B	1993/06/27
10280	Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on
10281		the system, regardless of ownership and permissions.
10282	If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it
10283		immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting.
10284		This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups.
10285	CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT)
10286
102878.1B/8.1A	1993/06/12
10288	Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by
10289		two tokens in classes instead of one.  Found by Claus
10290		Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany.
10291
102928.1A/8.1A	1993/06/08
10293	Another mailertable fix....
10294
102958.1/8.1		1993/06/07
10296	4.4BSD freeze.  No semantic changes.
10297